]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
13 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
14 | ||
15 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
16 | #pragma hdrstop | |
17 | #endif | |
18 | ||
19 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
20 | ||
21 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
24 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
25 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
26 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
27 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
28 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
29 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
30 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
31 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
32 | #include "wx/intl.h" | |
33 | #include "wx/math.h" | |
34 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
35 | #endif | |
36 | ||
37 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
38 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
39 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/renderer.h" | |
41 | ||
42 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
43 | ||
44 | const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid"); | |
45 | ||
46 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
47 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
48 | #else | |
49 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
50 | #endif | |
51 | ||
52 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
53 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
54 | #else | |
55 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
56 | #endif | |
57 | ||
58 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
59 | #include <ctype.h> | |
60 | ||
61 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
62 | // array classes | |
63 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
64 | ||
65 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs, | |
66 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
67 | ||
68 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
69 | { | |
70 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
71 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
72 | { | |
73 | } | |
74 | ||
75 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
76 | { | |
77 | attr->DecRef(); | |
78 | } | |
79 | ||
80 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
81 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
82 | ||
83 | // Cannot do this: | |
84 | // DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr) | |
85 | // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor. | |
86 | }; | |
87 | ||
88 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray, | |
89 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
90 | ||
91 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
92 | ||
93 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
94 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
95 | ||
96 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
97 | // events | |
98 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
99 | ||
100 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
101 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
102 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
103 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
104 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG) | |
105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE) | |
112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
113 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
114 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
115 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
116 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
117 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
118 | ||
119 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
120 | // private classes | |
121 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
122 | ||
123 | // common base class for various grid subwindows | |
124 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow | |
125 | { | |
126 | public: | |
127 | wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; } | |
128 | wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner, | |
129 | wxWindowID id, | |
130 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
131 | const wxSize& size, | |
132 | int additionalStyle = 0, | |
133 | const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) | |
134 | : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size, | |
135 | wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle, | |
136 | name) | |
137 | { | |
138 | m_owner = owner; | |
139 | } | |
140 | ||
141 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } | |
142 | ||
143 | wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; } | |
144 | ||
145 | protected: | |
146 | void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event); | |
147 | ||
148 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
149 | ||
150 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
151 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow) | |
152 | }; | |
153 | ||
154 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
155 | { | |
156 | public: | |
157 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { } | |
158 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
159 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
160 | ||
161 | private: | |
162 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
163 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
164 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
165 | ||
166 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
167 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
168 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
169 | }; | |
170 | ||
171 | ||
172 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
173 | { | |
174 | public: | |
175 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { } | |
176 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
177 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
178 | ||
179 | private: | |
180 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
181 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
182 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
183 | ||
184 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
185 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
186 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
187 | }; | |
188 | ||
189 | ||
190 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
191 | { | |
192 | public: | |
193 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { } | |
194 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
195 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
196 | ||
197 | private: | |
198 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
199 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
200 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
201 | ||
202 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
203 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
204 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
205 | }; | |
206 | ||
207 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
208 | { | |
209 | public: | |
210 | wxGridWindow() | |
211 | { | |
212 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
213 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
214 | } | |
215 | ||
216 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
217 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
218 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
219 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
220 | ||
221 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
222 | ||
223 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } | |
224 | ||
225 | private: | |
226 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
227 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
228 | ||
229 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
230 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
231 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
232 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
233 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
234 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
235 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
236 | void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& ); | |
237 | ||
238 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
239 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
240 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
241 | }; | |
242 | ||
243 | ||
244 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
245 | { | |
246 | public: | |
247 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
248 | : m_grid(grid), | |
249 | m_editor(editor), | |
250 | m_inSetFocus(false) | |
251 | { | |
252 | } | |
253 | ||
254 | void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); | |
255 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
256 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
257 | ||
258 | void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; } | |
259 | ||
260 | private: | |
261 | wxGrid *m_grid; | |
262 | wxGridCellEditor *m_editor; | |
263 | ||
264 | // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to | |
265 | // a combobox within a set focus event. | |
266 | bool m_inSetFocus; | |
267 | ||
268 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
269 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
270 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
271 | }; | |
272 | ||
273 | ||
274 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) | |
275 | ||
276 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
277 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) | |
278 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
279 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
280 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
281 | ||
282 | ||
283 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
284 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
285 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
286 | ||
287 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
288 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData | |
289 | { | |
290 | public: | |
291 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
292 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
293 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
294 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
295 | ||
296 | private: | |
297 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
298 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
299 | ||
300 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
301 | }; | |
302 | ||
303 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
304 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
305 | { | |
306 | public: | |
307 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
308 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {} | |
309 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
310 | ||
311 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
312 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
313 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
314 | ||
315 | private: | |
316 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
317 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
318 | }; | |
319 | ||
320 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
321 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
322 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
323 | { | |
324 | public: | |
325 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
326 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
327 | m_colAttrs; | |
328 | }; | |
329 | ||
330 | ||
331 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
332 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
333 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
334 | ||
335 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
336 | { | |
337 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
338 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
339 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
340 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
341 | {} | |
342 | ||
343 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
344 | { | |
345 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
346 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
347 | } | |
348 | ||
349 | wxString m_typeName; | |
350 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
351 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
352 | ||
353 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo) | |
354 | }; | |
355 | ||
356 | ||
357 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray, | |
358 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
359 | ||
360 | ||
361 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry | |
362 | { | |
363 | public: | |
364 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
365 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
366 | ||
367 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
368 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
369 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
370 | ||
371 | // find one of already registered data types | |
372 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
373 | ||
374 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
375 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
376 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
377 | ||
378 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
379 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
380 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
381 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
382 | ||
383 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
384 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
385 | ||
386 | private: | |
387 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
388 | }; | |
389 | ||
390 | ||
391 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
392 | // conditional compilation | |
393 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
394 | ||
395 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
396 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
397 | #endif | |
398 | ||
399 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
400 | // globals | |
401 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
402 | ||
403 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
404 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
405 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
406 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
407 | #endif | |
408 | ||
409 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
410 | // constants | |
411 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
412 | ||
413 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
414 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
415 | ||
416 | // scroll line size | |
417 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx | |
418 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars | |
419 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa | |
420 | // | |
421 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is | |
422 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! | |
423 | // -- Robin | |
424 | // | |
425 | // Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs | |
426 | // fixing anyhow | |
427 | // -- Vadim | |
428 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; // 1; | |
429 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
430 | ||
431 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
432 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
433 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
434 | ||
435 | #if 0 | |
436 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
437 | // private functions | |
438 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
439 | ||
440 | static inline int GetScrollX(int x) | |
441 | { | |
442 | return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
443 | } | |
444 | ||
445 | static inline int GetScrollY(int y) | |
446 | { | |
447 | return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
448 | } | |
449 | #endif | |
450 | ||
451 | // ============================================================================ | |
452 | // implementation | |
453 | // ============================================================================ | |
454 | ||
455 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
456 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
457 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
458 | ||
459 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
460 | { | |
461 | m_control = NULL; | |
462 | m_attr = NULL; | |
463 | } | |
464 | ||
465 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
466 | { | |
467 | Destroy(); | |
468 | } | |
469 | ||
470 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
471 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
472 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
473 | { | |
474 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
475 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
476 | } | |
477 | ||
478 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
479 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
480 | { | |
481 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
482 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
483 | wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); | |
484 | if (gridWindow) | |
485 | gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); | |
486 | ||
487 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
488 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID)); | |
489 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
490 | ||
491 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
492 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
493 | } | |
494 | ||
495 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
496 | { | |
497 | if (m_control) | |
498 | { | |
499 | m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ ); | |
500 | ||
501 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
502 | m_control = NULL; | |
503 | } | |
504 | } | |
505 | ||
506 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
507 | { | |
508 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
509 | ||
510 | m_control->Show(show); | |
511 | ||
512 | if ( show ) | |
513 | { | |
514 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
515 | if ( attr ) | |
516 | { | |
517 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
518 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
519 | ||
520 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
521 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
522 | ||
523 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
524 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
525 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
526 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
527 | #endif | |
528 | ||
529 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
530 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
531 | } | |
532 | } | |
533 | else | |
534 | { | |
535 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
536 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
537 | { | |
538 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
539 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
540 | } | |
541 | ||
542 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
543 | { | |
544 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
545 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
546 | } | |
547 | ||
548 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
549 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
550 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
551 | { | |
552 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
553 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
554 | } | |
555 | #endif | |
556 | } | |
557 | } | |
558 | ||
559 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
560 | { | |
561 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
562 | ||
563 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
564 | } | |
565 | ||
566 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
567 | { | |
568 | event.Skip(); | |
569 | } | |
570 | ||
571 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
572 | { | |
573 | bool ctrl = event.ControlDown(); | |
574 | bool alt = event.AltDown(); | |
575 | ||
576 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
577 | // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of | |
578 | // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead. | |
579 | alt = event.MetaDown(); | |
580 | #endif | |
581 | ||
582 | // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are | |
583 | // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them | |
584 | // through in that case. | |
585 | if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt)) | |
586 | return false; | |
587 | ||
588 | int key = 0; | |
589 | bool keyOk = true; | |
590 | ||
591 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
592 | // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the | |
593 | // editor. | |
594 | if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START) | |
595 | return false; | |
596 | #endif | |
597 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
598 | // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may | |
599 | // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a | |
600 | // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but | |
601 | // don't do anything for function keys or etc. | |
602 | key = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
603 | if (key <= 127) | |
604 | { | |
605 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
606 | keyOk = (key <= 127); | |
607 | } | |
608 | #else | |
609 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
610 | keyOk = (key <= 255); | |
611 | #endif | |
612 | ||
613 | return keyOk; | |
614 | } | |
615 | ||
616 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
617 | { | |
618 | event.Skip(); | |
619 | } | |
620 | ||
621 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
622 | { | |
623 | } | |
624 | ||
625 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
626 | ||
627 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
628 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
629 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
630 | ||
631 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
632 | { | |
633 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
634 | } | |
635 | ||
636 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
637 | wxWindowID id, | |
638 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
639 | { | |
640 | DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
641 | } | |
642 | ||
643 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent, | |
644 | wxWindowID id, | |
645 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler, | |
646 | long style) | |
647 | { | |
648 | style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | | |
649 | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | | |
650 | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | | |
651 | wxNO_BORDER; | |
652 | ||
653 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
654 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
655 | style); | |
656 | ||
657 | // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set | |
658 | if ( m_maxChars != 0 ) | |
659 | { | |
660 | Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); | |
661 | } | |
662 | ||
663 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
664 | } | |
665 | ||
666 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
667 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
668 | { | |
669 | // as we fill the entire client area, | |
670 | // don't do anything here to minimize flicker | |
671 | } | |
672 | ||
673 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
674 | { | |
675 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
676 | ||
677 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins | |
678 | // | |
679 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix | |
680 | // | |
681 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
682 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
683 | { | |
684 | rect.x += 1; | |
685 | rect.y += 1; | |
686 | rect.width -= 1; | |
687 | rect.height -= 1; | |
688 | } | |
689 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
690 | if ( rect.x == 0 ) | |
691 | rect.x += 2; | |
692 | else | |
693 | rect.x += 3; | |
694 | ||
695 | if ( rect.y == 0 ) | |
696 | rect.y += 2; | |
697 | else | |
698 | rect.y += 3; | |
699 | ||
700 | rect.width -= 2; | |
701 | rect.height -= 2; | |
702 | #else | |
703 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
704 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
705 | ||
706 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
707 | extra_x *= 2; | |
708 | extra_y *= 2; | |
709 | #endif | |
710 | ||
711 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
712 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
713 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x ); | |
714 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y ); | |
715 | #endif | |
716 | ||
717 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
718 | } | |
719 | ||
720 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
721 | { | |
722 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
723 | ||
724 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
725 | ||
726 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
727 | } | |
728 | ||
729 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
730 | { | |
731 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
732 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
733 | Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1); | |
734 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
735 | } | |
736 | ||
737 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
738 | { | |
739 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
740 | ||
741 | bool changed = false; | |
742 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
743 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
744 | changed = true; | |
745 | ||
746 | if (changed) | |
747 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
748 | ||
749 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
750 | ||
751 | // No point in setting the text of the hidden control | |
752 | //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
753 | ||
754 | return changed; | |
755 | } | |
756 | ||
757 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
758 | { | |
759 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
760 | ||
761 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
762 | } | |
763 | ||
764 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
765 | { | |
766 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
767 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
768 | } | |
769 | ||
770 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
771 | { | |
772 | return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event); | |
773 | } | |
774 | ||
775 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
776 | { | |
777 | // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no | |
778 | // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control. | |
779 | // Do it ourselves instead. We know that if we get this far that we have | |
780 | // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done. | |
781 | ||
782 | wxTextCtrl* tc = Text(); | |
783 | wxChar ch; | |
784 | long pos; | |
785 | ||
786 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
787 | ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
788 | if (ch <= 127) | |
789 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
790 | #else | |
791 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
792 | #endif | |
793 | ||
794 | switch (ch) | |
795 | { | |
796 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
797 | // delete the character at the cursor | |
798 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
799 | if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition()) | |
800 | tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1); | |
801 | break; | |
802 | ||
803 | case WXK_BACK: | |
804 | // delete the character before the cursor | |
805 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
806 | if (pos > 0) | |
807 | tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos); | |
808 | break; | |
809 | ||
810 | default: | |
811 | tc->WriteText(ch); | |
812 | break; | |
813 | } | |
814 | } | |
815 | ||
816 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
817 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
818 | { | |
819 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
820 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
821 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
822 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
823 | s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); | |
824 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
825 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
826 | #else | |
827 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
828 | // | |
829 | event.Skip(); | |
830 | #endif | |
831 | } | |
832 | ||
833 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
834 | { | |
835 | if ( !params ) | |
836 | { | |
837 | // reset to default | |
838 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
839 | } | |
840 | else | |
841 | { | |
842 | long tmp; | |
843 | if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
844 | { | |
845 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
846 | } | |
847 | else | |
848 | { | |
849 | wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() ); | |
850 | } | |
851 | } | |
852 | } | |
853 | ||
854 | // return the value in the text control | |
855 | wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const | |
856 | { | |
857 | return Text()->GetValue(); | |
858 | } | |
859 | ||
860 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
861 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
862 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
863 | ||
864 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
865 | { | |
866 | m_min = min; | |
867 | m_max = max; | |
868 | } | |
869 | ||
870 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
871 | wxWindowID id, | |
872 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
873 | { | |
874 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
875 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
876 | { | |
877 | // create a spin ctrl | |
878 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, | |
879 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
880 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
881 | m_min, m_max); | |
882 | ||
883 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
884 | } | |
885 | else | |
886 | #endif | |
887 | { | |
888 | // just a text control | |
889 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
890 | ||
891 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
892 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
893 | #endif | |
894 | } | |
895 | } | |
896 | ||
897 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
898 | { | |
899 | // first get the value | |
900 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
901 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
902 | { | |
903 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
904 | } | |
905 | else | |
906 | { | |
907 | m_valueOld = 0; | |
908 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
909 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
910 | { | |
911 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
912 | return; | |
913 | } | |
914 | } | |
915 | ||
916 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
917 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
918 | { | |
919 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
920 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
921 | } | |
922 | else | |
923 | #endif | |
924 | { | |
925 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
926 | } | |
927 | } | |
928 | ||
929 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
930 | wxGrid* grid) | |
931 | { | |
932 | bool changed; | |
933 | long value = 0; | |
934 | wxString text; | |
935 | ||
936 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
937 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
938 | { | |
939 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
940 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
941 | if (changed) | |
942 | text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
943 | } | |
944 | else | |
945 | #endif | |
946 | { | |
947 | text = Text()->GetValue(); | |
948 | changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
949 | } | |
950 | ||
951 | if ( changed ) | |
952 | { | |
953 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
954 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
955 | else | |
956 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
957 | } | |
958 | ||
959 | return changed; | |
960 | } | |
961 | ||
962 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
963 | { | |
964 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
965 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
966 | { | |
967 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
968 | } | |
969 | else | |
970 | #endif | |
971 | { | |
972 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
973 | } | |
974 | } | |
975 | ||
976 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
977 | { | |
978 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
979 | { | |
980 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
981 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
982 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')) | |
983 | { | |
984 | return true; | |
985 | } | |
986 | } | |
987 | ||
988 | return false; | |
989 | } | |
990 | ||
991 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
992 | { | |
993 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
994 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
995 | { | |
996 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') | |
997 | { | |
998 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
999 | ||
1000 | // skip Skip() below | |
1001 | return; | |
1002 | } | |
1003 | } | |
1004 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1005 | else | |
1006 | { | |
1007 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ) | |
1008 | { | |
1009 | wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control; | |
1010 | spin->SetValue(keycode - '0'); | |
1011 | spin->SetSelection(1,1); | |
1012 | return; | |
1013 | } | |
1014 | } | |
1015 | #endif | |
1016 | ||
1017 | event.Skip(); | |
1018 | } | |
1019 | ||
1020 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1021 | { | |
1022 | if ( !params ) | |
1023 | { | |
1024 | // reset to default | |
1025 | m_min = | |
1026 | m_max = -1; | |
1027 | } | |
1028 | else | |
1029 | { | |
1030 | long tmp; | |
1031 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
1034 | ||
1035 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1036 | { | |
1037 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
1038 | ||
1039 | // skip the error message below | |
1040 | return; | |
1041 | } | |
1042 | } | |
1043 | ||
1044 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1045 | } | |
1046 | } | |
1047 | ||
1048 | // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) | |
1049 | wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const | |
1050 | { | |
1051 | wxString s; | |
1052 | ||
1053 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1054 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | long value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
1057 | s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
1058 | } | |
1059 | else | |
1060 | #endif | |
1061 | { | |
1062 | s = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1063 | } | |
1064 | ||
1065 | return s; | |
1066 | } | |
1067 | ||
1068 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1069 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
1070 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1071 | ||
1072 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
1073 | { | |
1074 | m_width = width; | |
1075 | m_precision = precision; | |
1076 | } | |
1077 | ||
1078 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1079 | wxWindowID id, | |
1080 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1081 | { | |
1082 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1083 | ||
1084 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1085 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1086 | #endif | |
1087 | } | |
1088 | ||
1089 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1090 | { | |
1091 | // first get the value | |
1092 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1093 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1094 | { | |
1095 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1096 | } | |
1097 | else | |
1098 | { | |
1099 | m_valueOld = 0.0; | |
1100 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1101 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
1102 | { | |
1103 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1104 | return; | |
1105 | } | |
1106 | } | |
1107 | ||
1108 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1109 | } | |
1110 | ||
1111 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1112 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1113 | { | |
1114 | double value = 0.0; | |
1115 | wxString text(Text()->GetValue()); | |
1116 | ||
1117 | if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && | |
1118 | !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) ) | |
1119 | { | |
1120 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
1121 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
1122 | else | |
1123 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
1124 | ||
1125 | return true; | |
1126 | } | |
1127 | ||
1128 | return false; | |
1129 | } | |
1130 | ||
1131 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1132 | { | |
1133 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1134 | } | |
1135 | ||
1136 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1137 | { | |
1138 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1139 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1140 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1141 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1142 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1143 | ||
1144 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1145 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == | |
1146 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); | |
1147 | #else | |
1148 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); | |
1149 | #endif | |
1150 | ||
1151 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' | |
1152 | || is_decimal_point ) | |
1153 | { | |
1154 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1155 | ||
1156 | // skip Skip() below | |
1157 | return; | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | ||
1160 | event.Skip(); | |
1161 | } | |
1162 | ||
1163 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1164 | { | |
1165 | if ( !params ) | |
1166 | { | |
1167 | // reset to default | |
1168 | m_width = | |
1169 | m_precision = -1; | |
1170 | } | |
1171 | else | |
1172 | { | |
1173 | long tmp; | |
1174 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1175 | { | |
1176 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1177 | ||
1178 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1179 | { | |
1180 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1181 | ||
1182 | // skip the error message below | |
1183 | return; | |
1184 | } | |
1185 | } | |
1186 | ||
1187 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1188 | } | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | ||
1191 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1192 | { | |
1193 | wxString fmt; | |
1194 | if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1) | |
1195 | { | |
1196 | // default precision | |
1197 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1198 | } | |
1199 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1) | |
1200 | { | |
1201 | // default width | |
1202 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1203 | } | |
1204 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 ) | |
1205 | { | |
1206 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1207 | } | |
1208 | else | |
1209 | { | |
1210 | // default width/precision | |
1211 | fmt = _T("%f"); | |
1212 | } | |
1213 | ||
1214 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1215 | } | |
1216 | ||
1217 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1218 | { | |
1219 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1220 | { | |
1221 | const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1222 | if ( isascii(keycode) ) | |
1223 | { | |
1224 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1225 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1226 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1227 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1228 | ||
1229 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1230 | const wxString decimalPoint = | |
1231 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); | |
1232 | #else | |
1233 | const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.')); | |
1234 | #endif | |
1235 | ||
1236 | // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.' | |
1237 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || | |
1238 | tolower(keycode) == 'e' || | |
1239 | keycode == decimalPoint || | |
1240 | keycode == '+' || | |
1241 | keycode == '-' ) | |
1242 | { | |
1243 | return true; | |
1244 | } | |
1245 | } | |
1246 | } | |
1247 | ||
1248 | return false; | |
1249 | } | |
1250 | ||
1251 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1252 | ||
1253 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1254 | ||
1255 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1256 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1257 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1258 | ||
1259 | // the default values for GetValue() | |
1260 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") }; | |
1261 | ||
1262 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1263 | wxWindowID id, | |
1264 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1265 | { | |
1266 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1267 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1268 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1269 | ||
1270 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1271 | } | |
1272 | ||
1273 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1274 | { | |
1275 | bool resize = false; | |
1276 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1277 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1278 | ||
1279 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1280 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1281 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1282 | { | |
1283 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1284 | size = sizeBest; | |
1285 | ||
1286 | resize = true; | |
1287 | } | |
1288 | ||
1289 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1290 | { | |
1291 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1292 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1293 | ||
1294 | resize = true; | |
1295 | } | |
1296 | ||
1297 | if ( resize ) | |
1298 | { | |
1299 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1300 | } | |
1301 | ||
1302 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1303 | ||
1304 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1305 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1306 | // so shift it to the right | |
1307 | size.x -= 8; | |
1308 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1309 | // here too, but in other way | |
1310 | size.x += 1; | |
1311 | size.y -= 2; | |
1312 | #endif | |
1313 | ||
1314 | int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1315 | int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1316 | if (GetCellAttr()) | |
1317 | GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); | |
1318 | ||
1319 | int x = 0, y = 0; | |
1320 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
1321 | { | |
1322 | x = r.x + 2; | |
1323 | ||
1324 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1325 | x += 2; | |
1326 | #endif | |
1327 | ||
1328 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1329 | } | |
1330 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
1331 | { | |
1332 | x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; | |
1333 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1334 | } | |
1335 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
1336 | { | |
1337 | x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
1338 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1339 | } | |
1340 | ||
1341 | m_control->Move(x, y); | |
1342 | } | |
1343 | ||
1344 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1345 | { | |
1346 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1347 | ||
1348 | if ( show ) | |
1349 | { | |
1350 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1351 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1352 | } | |
1353 | } | |
1354 | ||
1355 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1356 | { | |
1357 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1358 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1359 | ||
1360 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1361 | { | |
1362 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1363 | } | |
1364 | else | |
1365 | { | |
1366 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1367 | ||
1368 | if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] ) | |
1369 | m_startValue = false; | |
1370 | else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] ) | |
1371 | m_startValue = true; | |
1372 | else | |
1373 | { | |
1374 | // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false | |
1375 | // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and | |
1376 | // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them | |
1377 | // know about it | |
1378 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") ); | |
1379 | } | |
1380 | } | |
1381 | ||
1382 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1383 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1384 | } | |
1385 | ||
1386 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1387 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1388 | { | |
1389 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1390 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1391 | ||
1392 | bool changed = false; | |
1393 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1394 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1395 | changed = true; | |
1396 | ||
1397 | if ( changed ) | |
1398 | { | |
1399 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1400 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
1401 | table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1402 | else | |
1403 | table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue()); | |
1404 | } | |
1405 | ||
1406 | return changed; | |
1407 | } | |
1408 | ||
1409 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1410 | { | |
1411 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1412 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1413 | ||
1414 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1415 | } | |
1416 | ||
1417 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1418 | { | |
1419 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1420 | } | |
1421 | ||
1422 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1423 | { | |
1424 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1425 | { | |
1426 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1427 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1428 | { | |
1429 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1430 | case '+': | |
1431 | case '-': | |
1432 | return true; | |
1433 | } | |
1434 | } | |
1435 | ||
1436 | return false; | |
1437 | } | |
1438 | ||
1439 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1440 | { | |
1441 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1442 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1443 | { | |
1444 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1445 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1446 | break; | |
1447 | ||
1448 | case '+': | |
1449 | CBox()->SetValue(true); | |
1450 | break; | |
1451 | ||
1452 | case '-': | |
1453 | CBox()->SetValue(false); | |
1454 | break; | |
1455 | } | |
1456 | } | |
1457 | ||
1458 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const | |
1459 | { | |
1460 | return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()]; | |
1461 | } | |
1462 | ||
1463 | /* static */ void | |
1464 | wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue, | |
1465 | const wxString& valueFalse) | |
1466 | { | |
1467 | ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse; | |
1468 | ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue; | |
1469 | } | |
1470 | ||
1471 | /* static */ bool | |
1472 | wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value) | |
1473 | { | |
1474 | return value == ms_stringValues[true]; | |
1475 | } | |
1476 | ||
1477 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1478 | ||
1479 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1480 | ||
1481 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1482 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1483 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1484 | ||
1485 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, | |
1486 | bool allowOthers) | |
1487 | : m_choices(choices), | |
1488 | m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { } | |
1489 | ||
1490 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1491 | const wxString choices[], | |
1492 | bool allowOthers) | |
1493 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1494 | { | |
1495 | if ( count ) | |
1496 | { | |
1497 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1498 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1499 | { | |
1500 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1501 | } | |
1502 | } | |
1503 | } | |
1504 | ||
1505 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1506 | { | |
1507 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1508 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1509 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1510 | ||
1511 | return editor; | |
1512 | } | |
1513 | ||
1514 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1515 | wxWindowID id, | |
1516 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1517 | { | |
1518 | int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | | |
1519 | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | | |
1520 | wxBORDER_NONE; | |
1521 | ||
1522 | if ( !m_allowOthers ) | |
1523 | style |= wxCB_READONLY; | |
1524 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1525 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1526 | m_choices, | |
1527 | style); | |
1528 | ||
1529 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1530 | } | |
1531 | ||
1532 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1533 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1534 | { | |
1535 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1536 | // flicker | |
1537 | ||
1538 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1539 | // combo always defaults to the standard. Until someone has time to | |
1540 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way. | |
1541 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1542 | } | |
1543 | ||
1544 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1545 | { | |
1546 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1547 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1548 | ||
1549 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL; | |
1550 | if (m_control) | |
1551 | evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); | |
1552 | ||
1553 | // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit | |
1554 | if (evtHandler) | |
1555 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true); | |
1556 | ||
1557 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1558 | ||
1559 | if (m_allowOthers) | |
1560 | { | |
1561 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1562 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1563 | } | |
1564 | else // the combobox is read-only | |
1565 | { | |
1566 | // find the right position, or default to the first if not found | |
1567 | int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue); | |
1568 | if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1569 | pos = 0; | |
1570 | Combo()->SetSelection(pos); | |
1571 | } | |
1572 | ||
1573 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1574 | ||
1575 | if (evtHandler) | |
1576 | { | |
1577 | // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event | |
1578 | // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet. | |
1579 | #if !defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
1580 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false); | |
1581 | #endif | |
1582 | } | |
1583 | } | |
1584 | ||
1585 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1586 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1587 | { | |
1588 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1589 | if ( value == m_startValue ) | |
1590 | return false; | |
1591 | ||
1592 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1593 | ||
1594 | return true; | |
1595 | } | |
1596 | ||
1597 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1598 | { | |
1599 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1600 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1601 | } | |
1602 | ||
1603 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1604 | { | |
1605 | if ( !params ) | |
1606 | { | |
1607 | // what can we do? | |
1608 | return; | |
1609 | } | |
1610 | ||
1611 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1612 | ||
1613 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1614 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1615 | { | |
1616 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1617 | } | |
1618 | } | |
1619 | ||
1620 | // return the value in the text control | |
1621 | wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const | |
1622 | { | |
1623 | return Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1624 | } | |
1625 | ||
1626 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1627 | ||
1628 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1629 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1630 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1631 | ||
1632 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
1633 | { | |
1634 | // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it | |
1635 | if (m_inSetFocus) | |
1636 | return; | |
1637 | ||
1638 | // accept changes | |
1639 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1640 | ||
1641 | event.Skip(); | |
1642 | } | |
1643 | ||
1644 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1645 | { | |
1646 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1647 | { | |
1648 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1649 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1650 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1651 | break; | |
1652 | ||
1653 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1654 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
1655 | break; | |
1656 | ||
1657 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1658 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1659 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1660 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1661 | break; | |
1662 | ||
1663 | default: | |
1664 | event.Skip(); | |
1665 | break; | |
1666 | } | |
1667 | } | |
1668 | ||
1669 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1670 | { | |
1671 | int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow(); | |
1672 | int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol(); | |
1673 | wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col ); | |
1674 | int cw, ch; | |
1675 | m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
1676 | ||
1677 | // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible | |
1678 | bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw); | |
1679 | ||
1680 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1681 | { | |
1682 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1683 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1684 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1685 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1686 | break; | |
1687 | ||
1688 | case WXK_HOME: | |
1689 | { | |
1690 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
1691 | { | |
1692 | // no special processing needed... | |
1693 | event.Skip(); | |
1694 | break; | |
1695 | } | |
1696 | ||
1697 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
1698 | ||
1699 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
1700 | int colXPos = 0; | |
1701 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
1702 | { | |
1703 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
1704 | } | |
1705 | ||
1706 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
1707 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
1708 | if (col != 0) | |
1709 | { | |
1710 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1711 | } | |
1712 | else | |
1713 | { | |
1714 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1715 | } | |
1716 | event.Skip(); | |
1717 | break; | |
1718 | } | |
1719 | ||
1720 | case WXK_END: | |
1721 | { | |
1722 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
1723 | { | |
1724 | // no special processing needed... | |
1725 | event.Skip(); | |
1726 | break; | |
1727 | } | |
1728 | ||
1729 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
1730 | ||
1731 | int textWidth = 0; | |
1732 | wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col); | |
1733 | if ( wxEmptyString != value ) | |
1734 | { | |
1735 | // get width of cell CONTENTS (text) | |
1736 | int y; | |
1737 | wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col); | |
1738 | m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font); | |
1739 | ||
1740 | // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling | |
1741 | int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
1742 | ||
1743 | // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far, | |
1744 | // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar | |
1745 | // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction? | |
1746 | textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2)); | |
1747 | if ( textWidth < 0 ) | |
1748 | { | |
1749 | textWidth = 0; | |
1750 | } | |
1751 | } | |
1752 | ||
1753 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
1754 | int colXPos = 0; | |
1755 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
1756 | { | |
1757 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
1758 | } | |
1759 | ||
1760 | // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents | |
1761 | // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents | |
1762 | colXPos += textWidth; | |
1763 | ||
1764 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
1765 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
1766 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1767 | event.Skip(); | |
1768 | break; | |
1769 | } | |
1770 | ||
1771 | default: | |
1772 | event.Skip(); | |
1773 | break; | |
1774 | } | |
1775 | } | |
1776 | ||
1777 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1778 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1779 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1780 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1781 | ||
1782 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1783 | { | |
1784 | // nothing to do | |
1785 | } | |
1786 | ||
1787 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1788 | { | |
1789 | } | |
1790 | ||
1791 | // ============================================================================ | |
1792 | // renderer classes | |
1793 | // ============================================================================ | |
1794 | ||
1795 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1796 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1797 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1798 | ||
1799 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1800 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1801 | wxDC& dc, | |
1802 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1803 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1804 | bool isSelected) | |
1805 | { | |
1806 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID ); | |
1807 | ||
1808 | // grey out fields if the grid is disabled | |
1809 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1810 | { | |
1811 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1812 | { | |
1813 | wxColour clr; | |
1814 | if ( grid.HasFocus() ) | |
1815 | clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); | |
1816 | else | |
1817 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); | |
1818 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) ); | |
1819 | } | |
1820 | else | |
1821 | { | |
1822 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) ); | |
1823 | } | |
1824 | } | |
1825 | else | |
1826 | { | |
1827 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID)); | |
1828 | } | |
1829 | ||
1830 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1831 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1832 | } | |
1833 | ||
1834 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1835 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1836 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1837 | ||
1838 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, | |
1839 | const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1840 | wxDC& dc, | |
1841 | bool isSelected) | |
1842 | { | |
1843 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
1844 | ||
1845 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1846 | ||
1847 | // different coloured text when the grid is disabled | |
1848 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1849 | { | |
1850 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1851 | { | |
1852 | wxColour clr; | |
1853 | if ( grid.HasFocus() ) | |
1854 | clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); | |
1855 | else | |
1856 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); | |
1857 | dc.SetTextBackground( clr ); | |
1858 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1859 | } | |
1860 | else | |
1861 | { | |
1862 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1863 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1864 | } | |
1865 | } | |
1866 | else | |
1867 | { | |
1868 | dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); | |
1869 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); | |
1870 | } | |
1871 | ||
1872 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1873 | } | |
1874 | ||
1875 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1876 | wxDC& dc, | |
1877 | const wxString& text) | |
1878 | { | |
1879 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
1880 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1881 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
1882 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1883 | { | |
1884 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
1885 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
1886 | } | |
1887 | ||
1888 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
1889 | ||
1890 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
1891 | } | |
1892 | ||
1893 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1894 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1895 | wxDC& dc, | |
1896 | int row, int col) | |
1897 | { | |
1898 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1899 | } | |
1900 | ||
1901 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1902 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1903 | wxDC& dc, | |
1904 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1905 | int row, int col, | |
1906 | bool isSelected) | |
1907 | { | |
1908 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1909 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1910 | ||
1911 | // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased | |
1912 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1913 | ||
1914 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1915 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1916 | ||
1917 | int overflowCols = 0; | |
1918 | ||
1919 | if (attr.GetOverflow()) | |
1920 | { | |
1921 | int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); | |
1922 | int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); | |
1923 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
1924 | attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0 | |
1925 | if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) | |
1926 | { | |
1927 | int i, c_cols, c_rows; | |
1928 | for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) | |
1929 | { | |
1930 | bool is_empty = true; | |
1931 | for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
1932 | { | |
1933 | // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block | |
1934 | grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); | |
1935 | if (c_rows > 0) | |
1936 | c_rows = 0; | |
1937 | if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i)) | |
1938 | { | |
1939 | is_empty = false; | |
1940 | break; | |
1941 | } | |
1942 | } | |
1943 | ||
1944 | if (is_empty) | |
1945 | { | |
1946 | rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); | |
1947 | } | |
1948 | else | |
1949 | { | |
1950 | i--; | |
1951 | break; | |
1952 | } | |
1953 | ||
1954 | if (rect.width >= best_width) | |
1955 | break; | |
1956 | } | |
1957 | ||
1958 | overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; | |
1959 | if (overflowCols >= cols) | |
1960 | overflowCols = cols - 1; | |
1961 | } | |
1962 | ||
1963 | if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight | |
1964 | { | |
1965 | hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned | |
1966 | wxRect clip = rect; | |
1967 | clip.x += rectCell.width; | |
1968 | // draw each overflow cell individually | |
1969 | int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols; | |
1970 | if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) | |
1971 | col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
1972 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) | |
1973 | { | |
1974 | clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1975 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1976 | dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); | |
1977 | ||
1978 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, | |
1979 | grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); | |
1980 | ||
1981 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1982 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1983 | clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1984 | } | |
1985 | ||
1986 | rect = rectCell; | |
1987 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1988 | rect.width++; | |
1989 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1990 | } | |
1991 | } | |
1992 | ||
1993 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1994 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1995 | ||
1996 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1997 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1998 | } | |
1999 | ||
2000 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2001 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
2002 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2003 | ||
2004 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
2005 | { | |
2006 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
2007 | wxString text; | |
2008 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
2009 | { | |
2010 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
2011 | } | |
2012 | else | |
2013 | { | |
2014 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
2015 | } | |
2016 | ||
2017 | return text; | |
2018 | } | |
2019 | ||
2020 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2021 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2022 | wxDC& dc, | |
2023 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2024 | int row, int col, | |
2025 | bool isSelected) | |
2026 | { | |
2027 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2028 | ||
2029 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2030 | ||
2031 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2032 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2033 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2034 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2035 | ||
2036 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2037 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2038 | ||
2039 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2040 | } | |
2041 | ||
2042 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2043 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2044 | wxDC& dc, | |
2045 | int row, int col) | |
2046 | { | |
2047 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2048 | } | |
2049 | ||
2050 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2051 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
2052 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2053 | ||
2054 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
2055 | { | |
2056 | SetWidth(width); | |
2057 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
2058 | } | |
2059 | ||
2060 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
2061 | { | |
2062 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
2063 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
2064 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
2065 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
2066 | ||
2067 | return renderer; | |
2068 | } | |
2069 | ||
2070 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
2071 | { | |
2072 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
2073 | ||
2074 | bool hasDouble; | |
2075 | double val; | |
2076 | wxString text; | |
2077 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
2078 | { | |
2079 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
2080 | hasDouble = true; | |
2081 | } | |
2082 | else | |
2083 | { | |
2084 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
2085 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
2086 | } | |
2087 | ||
2088 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
2089 | { | |
2090 | if ( !m_format ) | |
2091 | { | |
2092 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
2093 | { | |
2094 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2095 | { | |
2096 | // default width/precision | |
2097 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
2098 | } | |
2099 | else | |
2100 | { | |
2101 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
2102 | } | |
2103 | } | |
2104 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2105 | { | |
2106 | // default precision | |
2107 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
2108 | } | |
2109 | else | |
2110 | { | |
2111 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
2112 | } | |
2113 | } | |
2114 | ||
2115 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
2116 | ||
2117 | } | |
2118 | //else: text already contains the string | |
2119 | ||
2120 | return text; | |
2121 | } | |
2122 | ||
2123 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2124 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2125 | wxDC& dc, | |
2126 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2127 | int row, int col, | |
2128 | bool isSelected) | |
2129 | { | |
2130 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2131 | ||
2132 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2133 | ||
2134 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2135 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2136 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2137 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2138 | ||
2139 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2140 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2141 | ||
2142 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2143 | } | |
2144 | ||
2145 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2146 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2147 | wxDC& dc, | |
2148 | int row, int col) | |
2149 | { | |
2150 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2151 | } | |
2152 | ||
2153 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
2154 | { | |
2155 | if ( !params ) | |
2156 | { | |
2157 | // reset to defaults | |
2158 | SetWidth(-1); | |
2159 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
2160 | } | |
2161 | else | |
2162 | { | |
2163 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
2164 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2165 | { | |
2166 | long width; | |
2167 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
2168 | { | |
2169 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
2170 | } | |
2171 | else | |
2172 | { | |
2173 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2174 | } | |
2175 | } | |
2176 | ||
2177 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
2178 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2179 | { | |
2180 | long precision; | |
2181 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
2182 | { | |
2183 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
2184 | } | |
2185 | else | |
2186 | { | |
2187 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2188 | } | |
2189 | } | |
2190 | } | |
2191 | } | |
2192 | ||
2193 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2194 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
2195 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2196 | ||
2197 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2198 | ||
2199 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
2200 | ||
2201 | // between checkmark and box | |
2202 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
2203 | ||
2204 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2205 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
2206 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
2207 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
2208 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
2209 | { | |
2210 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
2211 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
2212 | { | |
2213 | // get checkbox size | |
2214 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString); | |
2215 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
2216 | wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
2217 | ||
2218 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2219 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
2220 | #endif | |
2221 | ||
2222 | delete checkbox; | |
2223 | ||
2224 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
2225 | } | |
2226 | ||
2227 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2228 | } | |
2229 | ||
2230 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2231 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2232 | wxDC& dc, | |
2233 | const wxRect& rect, | |
2234 | int row, int col, | |
2235 | bool isSelected) | |
2236 | { | |
2237 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
2238 | ||
2239 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
2240 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
2241 | ||
2242 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
2243 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
2244 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
2245 | { | |
2246 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
2247 | size.x = size.y = minSize; | |
2248 | } | |
2249 | ||
2250 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
2251 | int vAlign, hAlign; | |
2252 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2253 | ||
2254 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
2255 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
2256 | { | |
2257 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
2258 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2259 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2260 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2261 | } | |
2262 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
2263 | { | |
2264 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; | |
2265 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2266 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2267 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2268 | } | |
2269 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
2270 | { | |
2271 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; | |
2272 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2273 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2274 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2275 | } | |
2276 | ||
2277 | bool value; | |
2278 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
2279 | { | |
2280 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
2281 | } | |
2282 | else | |
2283 | { | |
2284 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
2285 | value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval); | |
2286 | } | |
2287 | ||
2288 | int flags = 0; | |
2289 | if (value) | |
2290 | flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED; | |
2291 | ||
2292 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags ); | |
2293 | } | |
2294 | ||
2295 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2296 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
2297 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2298 | ||
2299 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
2300 | { | |
2301 | m_nRef = 1; | |
2302 | ||
2303 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
2304 | ||
2305 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
2306 | m_editor = NULL; | |
2307 | ||
2308 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
2309 | ||
2310 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
2311 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
2312 | ||
2313 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
2314 | } | |
2315 | ||
2316 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
2317 | { | |
2318 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
2319 | ||
2320 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
2321 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
2322 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2323 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2324 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
2325 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
2326 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
2327 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
2328 | ||
2329 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
2330 | ||
2331 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
2332 | { | |
2333 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
2334 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2335 | } | |
2336 | if ( m_editor ) | |
2337 | { | |
2338 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
2339 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2340 | } | |
2341 | ||
2342 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
2343 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
2344 | ||
2345 | attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow ); | |
2346 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
2347 | ||
2348 | return attr; | |
2349 | } | |
2350 | ||
2351 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
2352 | { | |
2353 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
2354 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
2355 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2356 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2357 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
2358 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
2359 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) | |
2360 | { | |
2361 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2362 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2363 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2364 | } | |
2365 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) | |
2366 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
2367 | ||
2368 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
2369 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
2370 | // | |
2371 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
2372 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
2373 | { | |
2374 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
2375 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2376 | } | |
2377 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
2378 | { | |
2379 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
2380 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2381 | } | |
2382 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
2383 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
2384 | ||
2385 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
2386 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
2387 | ||
2388 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
2389 | } | |
2390 | ||
2391 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
2392 | { | |
2393 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
2394 | ||
2395 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
2396 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
2397 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
2398 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
2399 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
2400 | ||
2401 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
2402 | ||
2403 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || | |
2404 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || | |
2405 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), | |
2406 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
2407 | ||
2408 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
2409 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
2410 | } | |
2411 | ||
2412 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
2413 | { | |
2414 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
2415 | { | |
2416 | return m_colText; | |
2417 | } | |
2418 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2419 | { | |
2420 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
2421 | } | |
2422 | else | |
2423 | { | |
2424 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2425 | return wxNullColour; | |
2426 | } | |
2427 | } | |
2428 | ||
2429 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
2430 | { | |
2431 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
2432 | { | |
2433 | return m_colBack; | |
2434 | } | |
2435 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2436 | { | |
2437 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2438 | } | |
2439 | else | |
2440 | { | |
2441 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2442 | return wxNullColour; | |
2443 | } | |
2444 | } | |
2445 | ||
2446 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
2447 | { | |
2448 | if (HasFont()) | |
2449 | { | |
2450 | return m_font; | |
2451 | } | |
2452 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2453 | { | |
2454 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
2455 | } | |
2456 | else | |
2457 | { | |
2458 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2459 | return wxNullFont; | |
2460 | } | |
2461 | } | |
2462 | ||
2463 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
2464 | { | |
2465 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
2466 | { | |
2467 | if ( hAlign ) | |
2468 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
2469 | if ( vAlign ) | |
2470 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
2471 | } | |
2472 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2473 | { | |
2474 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2475 | } | |
2476 | else | |
2477 | { | |
2478 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2479 | } | |
2480 | } | |
2481 | ||
2482 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
2483 | { | |
2484 | if ( num_rows ) | |
2485 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
2486 | if ( num_cols ) | |
2487 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
2488 | } | |
2489 | ||
2490 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
2491 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
2492 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
2493 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
2494 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
2495 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
2496 | ||
2497 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2498 | { | |
2499 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; | |
2500 | ||
2501 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2502 | { | |
2503 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
2504 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2505 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2506 | } | |
2507 | else // no non-default cell renderer | |
2508 | { | |
2509 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
2510 | if ( grid ) | |
2511 | { | |
2512 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2513 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2514 | } | |
2515 | ||
2516 | if ( renderer == NULL ) | |
2517 | { | |
2518 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2519 | { | |
2520 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2521 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2522 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2523 | } | |
2524 | else // default grid attr | |
2525 | { | |
2526 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
2527 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2528 | if ( renderer ) | |
2529 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2530 | } | |
2531 | } | |
2532 | } | |
2533 | ||
2534 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2535 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
2536 | ||
2537 | return renderer; | |
2538 | } | |
2539 | ||
2540 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
2541 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2542 | { | |
2543 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; | |
2544 | ||
2545 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2546 | { | |
2547 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
2548 | editor = m_editor; | |
2549 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2550 | } | |
2551 | else // no non default cell editor | |
2552 | { | |
2553 | // get default editor for the data type | |
2554 | if ( grid ) | |
2555 | { | |
2556 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2557 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2558 | } | |
2559 | ||
2560 | if ( editor == NULL ) | |
2561 | { | |
2562 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2563 | { | |
2564 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2565 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2566 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2567 | } | |
2568 | else // default grid attr | |
2569 | { | |
2570 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
2571 | editor = m_editor; | |
2572 | if ( editor ) | |
2573 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2574 | } | |
2575 | } | |
2576 | } | |
2577 | ||
2578 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2579 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
2580 | ||
2581 | return editor; | |
2582 | } | |
2583 | ||
2584 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2585 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2586 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2587 | ||
2588 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2589 | { | |
2590 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2591 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2592 | { | |
2593 | if ( attr ) | |
2594 | { | |
2595 | // add the attribute | |
2596 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2597 | } | |
2598 | //else: nothing to do | |
2599 | } | |
2600 | else | |
2601 | { | |
2602 | // free the old attribute | |
2603 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef(); | |
2604 | ||
2605 | if ( attr ) | |
2606 | { | |
2607 | // change the attribute | |
2608 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
2609 | } | |
2610 | else | |
2611 | { | |
2612 | // remove this attribute | |
2613 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2614 | } | |
2615 | } | |
2616 | } | |
2617 | ||
2618 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
2619 | { | |
2620 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2621 | ||
2622 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2623 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2624 | { | |
2625 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
2626 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2627 | } | |
2628 | ||
2629 | return attr; | |
2630 | } | |
2631 | ||
2632 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2633 | { | |
2634 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2635 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2636 | { | |
2637 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2638 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
2639 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
2640 | { | |
2641 | if (numRows > 0) | |
2642 | { | |
2643 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2644 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2645 | } | |
2646 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
2647 | { | |
2648 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2649 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
2650 | { | |
2651 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2652 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2653 | } | |
2654 | else | |
2655 | { | |
2656 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2657 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is | |
2658 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! | |
2659 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2660 | n--; | |
2661 | count--; | |
2662 | } | |
2663 | } | |
2664 | } | |
2665 | } | |
2666 | } | |
2667 | ||
2668 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2669 | { | |
2670 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2671 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2672 | { | |
2673 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2674 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
2675 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
2676 | { | |
2677 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
2678 | { | |
2679 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2680 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2681 | } | |
2682 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
2683 | { | |
2684 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2685 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
2686 | { | |
2687 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2688 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2689 | } | |
2690 | else | |
2691 | { | |
2692 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2693 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is | |
2694 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! | |
2695 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2696 | n--; | |
2697 | count--; | |
2698 | } | |
2699 | } | |
2700 | } | |
2701 | } | |
2702 | } | |
2703 | ||
2704 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
2705 | { | |
2706 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2707 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2708 | { | |
2709 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2710 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
2711 | { | |
2712 | return n; | |
2713 | } | |
2714 | } | |
2715 | ||
2716 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2717 | } | |
2718 | ||
2719 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2720 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
2721 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2722 | ||
2723 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
2724 | { | |
2725 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2726 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2727 | { | |
2728 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2729 | } | |
2730 | } | |
2731 | ||
2732 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
2733 | { | |
2734 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2735 | ||
2736 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2737 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2738 | { | |
2739 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
2740 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2741 | } | |
2742 | ||
2743 | return attr; | |
2744 | } | |
2745 | ||
2746 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
2747 | { | |
2748 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2749 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2750 | { | |
2751 | if ( attr ) | |
2752 | { | |
2753 | // add the attribute | |
2754 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
2755 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
2756 | } | |
2757 | // nothing to remove | |
2758 | } | |
2759 | else | |
2760 | { | |
2761 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
2762 | if ( attr ) | |
2763 | { | |
2764 | // change the attribute | |
2765 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2766 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
2767 | } | |
2768 | else | |
2769 | { | |
2770 | // remove this attribute | |
2771 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2772 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2773 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2774 | } | |
2775 | } | |
2776 | } | |
2777 | ||
2778 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
2779 | { | |
2780 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2781 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2782 | { | |
2783 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
2784 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
2785 | { | |
2786 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
2787 | { | |
2788 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2789 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2790 | } | |
2791 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
2792 | { | |
2793 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
2794 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
2795 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2796 | else | |
2797 | { | |
2798 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2799 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2800 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2801 | n--; | |
2802 | count--; | |
2803 | } | |
2804 | } | |
2805 | } | |
2806 | } | |
2807 | } | |
2808 | ||
2809 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2810 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
2811 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2812 | ||
2813 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2814 | { | |
2815 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
2816 | } | |
2817 | ||
2818 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2819 | { | |
2820 | delete m_data; | |
2821 | } | |
2822 | ||
2823 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
2824 | { | |
2825 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
2826 | } | |
2827 | ||
2828 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
2829 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
2830 | { | |
2831 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2832 | if ( m_data ) | |
2833 | { | |
2834 | switch (kind) | |
2835 | { | |
2836 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
2837 | // Get cached merge attributes. | |
2838 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable | |
2839 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2840 | if (!attr) | |
2841 | { | |
2842 | // Basically implement old version. | |
2843 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
2844 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2845 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2846 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2847 | ||
2848 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) | |
2849 | { | |
2850 | // Two or more are non NULL | |
2851 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
2852 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
2853 | ||
2854 | // Order is important.. | |
2855 | if (attrcell) | |
2856 | { | |
2857 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
2858 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
2859 | } | |
2860 | if (attrcol) | |
2861 | { | |
2862 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
2863 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
2864 | } | |
2865 | if (attrrow) | |
2866 | { | |
2867 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
2868 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
2869 | } | |
2870 | ||
2871 | // store merge attr if cache implemented | |
2872 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
2873 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2874 | } | |
2875 | else | |
2876 | { | |
2877 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
2878 | if (attrrow) | |
2879 | attr = attrrow; | |
2880 | if (attrcol) | |
2881 | { | |
2882 | if (attr) | |
2883 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2884 | attr = attrcol; | |
2885 | } | |
2886 | if (attrcell) | |
2887 | { | |
2888 | if (attr) | |
2889 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2890 | attr = attrcell; | |
2891 | } | |
2892 | } | |
2893 | } | |
2894 | break; | |
2895 | ||
2896 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
2897 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2898 | break; | |
2899 | ||
2900 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
2901 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2902 | break; | |
2903 | ||
2904 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
2905 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2906 | break; | |
2907 | ||
2908 | default: | |
2909 | // unused as yet... | |
2910 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
2911 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
2912 | break; | |
2913 | } | |
2914 | } | |
2915 | ||
2916 | return attr; | |
2917 | } | |
2918 | ||
2919 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
2920 | int row, int col) | |
2921 | { | |
2922 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2923 | InitData(); | |
2924 | ||
2925 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2926 | } | |
2927 | ||
2928 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2929 | { | |
2930 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2931 | InitData(); | |
2932 | ||
2933 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
2934 | } | |
2935 | ||
2936 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2937 | { | |
2938 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2939 | InitData(); | |
2940 | ||
2941 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
2942 | } | |
2943 | ||
2944 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2945 | { | |
2946 | if ( m_data ) | |
2947 | { | |
2948 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2949 | ||
2950 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2951 | } | |
2952 | } | |
2953 | ||
2954 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2955 | { | |
2956 | if ( m_data ) | |
2957 | { | |
2958 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2959 | ||
2960 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2961 | } | |
2962 | } | |
2963 | ||
2964 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2965 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2966 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2967 | ||
2968 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2969 | { | |
2970 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2971 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2972 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2973 | } | |
2974 | ||
2975 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2976 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2977 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2978 | { | |
2979 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2980 | ||
2981 | // is it already registered? | |
2982 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2983 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2984 | { | |
2985 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2986 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2987 | } | |
2988 | else | |
2989 | { | |
2990 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2991 | } | |
2992 | } | |
2993 | ||
2994 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2995 | { | |
2996 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2997 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2998 | { | |
2999 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
3000 | { | |
3001 | return i; | |
3002 | } | |
3003 | } | |
3004 | ||
3005 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3006 | } | |
3007 | ||
3008 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3009 | { | |
3010 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
3011 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3012 | { | |
3013 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
3014 | // register it "on the fly" | |
3015 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3016 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
3017 | { | |
3018 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
3019 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
3020 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
3021 | } | |
3022 | else | |
3023 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3024 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
3025 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
3026 | { | |
3027 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
3028 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
3029 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
3030 | } | |
3031 | else | |
3032 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
3033 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3034 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
3035 | { | |
3036 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
3037 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
3038 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
3039 | } | |
3040 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
3041 | { | |
3042 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
3043 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
3044 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
3045 | } | |
3046 | else | |
3047 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3048 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
3049 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
3050 | { | |
3051 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
3052 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
3053 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
3054 | } | |
3055 | else | |
3056 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
3057 | { | |
3058 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3059 | } | |
3060 | ||
3061 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
3062 | // the last index | |
3063 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3064 | } | |
3065 | ||
3066 | return index; | |
3067 | } | |
3068 | ||
3069 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3070 | { | |
3071 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
3072 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3073 | { | |
3074 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
3075 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
3076 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
3077 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3078 | { | |
3079 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3080 | } | |
3081 | ||
3082 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
3083 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
3084 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
3085 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
3086 | ||
3087 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
3088 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
3089 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
3090 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
3091 | ||
3092 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
3093 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
3094 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
3095 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
3096 | ||
3097 | // register the new typename | |
3098 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
3099 | ||
3100 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
3101 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3102 | } | |
3103 | ||
3104 | return index; | |
3105 | } | |
3106 | ||
3107 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
3108 | { | |
3109 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
3110 | if (renderer) | |
3111 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
3112 | ||
3113 | return renderer; | |
3114 | } | |
3115 | ||
3116 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
3117 | { | |
3118 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
3119 | if (editor) | |
3120 | editor->IncRef(); | |
3121 | ||
3122 | return editor; | |
3123 | } | |
3124 | ||
3125 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3126 | // wxGridTableBase | |
3127 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3128 | ||
3129 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
3130 | ||
3131 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
3132 | { | |
3133 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
3134 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
3135 | } | |
3136 | ||
3137 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
3138 | { | |
3139 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3140 | } | |
3141 | ||
3142 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
3143 | { | |
3144 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3145 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
3146 | } | |
3147 | ||
3148 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
3149 | { | |
3150 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
3151 | { | |
3152 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
3153 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
3154 | } | |
3155 | ||
3156 | return true; | |
3157 | } | |
3158 | ||
3159 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
3160 | { | |
3161 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3162 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
3163 | else | |
3164 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
3165 | } | |
3166 | ||
3167 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
3168 | { | |
3169 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3170 | { | |
3171 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
3172 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3173 | } | |
3174 | else | |
3175 | { | |
3176 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3177 | // free it now | |
3178 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3179 | } | |
3180 | } | |
3181 | ||
3182 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
3183 | { | |
3184 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3185 | { | |
3186 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
3187 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
3188 | } | |
3189 | else | |
3190 | { | |
3191 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3192 | // free it now | |
3193 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3194 | } | |
3195 | } | |
3196 | ||
3197 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
3198 | { | |
3199 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3200 | { | |
3201 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
3202 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
3203 | } | |
3204 | else | |
3205 | { | |
3206 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3207 | // free it now | |
3208 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3209 | } | |
3210 | } | |
3211 | ||
3212 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3213 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3214 | { | |
3215 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
3216 | ||
3217 | return false; | |
3218 | } | |
3219 | ||
3220 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3221 | { | |
3222 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3223 | ||
3224 | return false; | |
3225 | } | |
3226 | ||
3227 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3228 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3229 | { | |
3230 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3231 | ||
3232 | return false; | |
3233 | } | |
3234 | ||
3235 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3236 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3237 | { | |
3238 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3239 | ||
3240 | return false; | |
3241 | } | |
3242 | ||
3243 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3244 | { | |
3245 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3246 | ||
3247 | return false; | |
3248 | } | |
3249 | ||
3250 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3251 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3252 | { | |
3253 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3254 | ||
3255 | return false; | |
3256 | } | |
3257 | ||
3258 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3259 | { | |
3260 | wxString s; | |
3261 | ||
3262 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, | |
3263 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
3264 | s << row + 1; | |
3265 | ||
3266 | return s; | |
3267 | } | |
3268 | ||
3269 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3270 | { | |
3271 | // default col labels are: | |
3272 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
3273 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
3274 | // etc. | |
3275 | ||
3276 | wxString s; | |
3277 | unsigned int i, n; | |
3278 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
3279 | { | |
3280 | s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); | |
3281 | col = col / 26 - 1; | |
3282 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
3283 | break; | |
3284 | } | |
3285 | ||
3286 | // reverse the string... | |
3287 | wxString s2; | |
3288 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
3289 | { | |
3290 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; | |
3291 | } | |
3292 | ||
3293 | return s2; | |
3294 | } | |
3295 | ||
3296 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3297 | { | |
3298 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3299 | } | |
3300 | ||
3301 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3302 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
3303 | { | |
3304 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3305 | } | |
3306 | ||
3307 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
3308 | { | |
3309 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
3310 | } | |
3311 | ||
3312 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3313 | { | |
3314 | return 0; | |
3315 | } | |
3316 | ||
3317 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3318 | { | |
3319 | return 0.0; | |
3320 | } | |
3321 | ||
3322 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3323 | { | |
3324 | return false; | |
3325 | } | |
3326 | ||
3327 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3328 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3329 | { | |
3330 | } | |
3331 | ||
3332 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3333 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3334 | { | |
3335 | } | |
3336 | ||
3337 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3338 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3339 | { | |
3340 | } | |
3341 | ||
3342 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3343 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
3344 | { | |
3345 | return NULL; | |
3346 | } | |
3347 | ||
3348 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3349 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
3350 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3351 | { | |
3352 | } | |
3353 | ||
3354 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3355 | // | |
3356 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
3357 | // to the grid view | |
3358 | // | |
3359 | ||
3360 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
3361 | { | |
3362 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3363 | m_id = -1; | |
3364 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
3365 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
3366 | } | |
3367 | ||
3368 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
3369 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
3370 | { | |
3371 | m_table = table; | |
3372 | m_id = id; | |
3373 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
3374 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
3375 | } | |
3376 | ||
3377 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3378 | // | |
3379 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
3380 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
3381 | // | |
3382 | ||
3383 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
3384 | ||
3385 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
3386 | ||
3387 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
3388 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3389 | { | |
3390 | } | |
3391 | ||
3392 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
3393 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3394 | { | |
3395 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
3396 | ||
3397 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3398 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
3399 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3400 | ||
3401 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3402 | } | |
3403 | ||
3404 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
3405 | { | |
3406 | } | |
3407 | ||
3408 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
3409 | { | |
3410 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
3411 | } | |
3412 | ||
3413 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
3414 | { | |
3415 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
3416 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3417 | else | |
3418 | return 0; | |
3419 | } | |
3420 | ||
3421 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
3422 | { | |
3423 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3424 | wxEmptyString, | |
3425 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3426 | ||
3427 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
3428 | } | |
3429 | ||
3430 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3431 | { | |
3432 | wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3433 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3434 | ||
3435 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
3436 | } | |
3437 | ||
3438 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
3439 | { | |
3440 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3441 | true, | |
3442 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3443 | ||
3444 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
3445 | } | |
3446 | ||
3447 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
3448 | { | |
3449 | int row, col; | |
3450 | int numRows, numCols; | |
3451 | ||
3452 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3453 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
3454 | { | |
3455 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3456 | ||
3457 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
3458 | { | |
3459 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
3460 | { | |
3461 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
3462 | } | |
3463 | } | |
3464 | } | |
3465 | } | |
3466 | ||
3467 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3468 | { | |
3469 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3470 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3471 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3472 | ||
3473 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3474 | { | |
3475 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
3476 | } | |
3477 | ||
3478 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3479 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3480 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3481 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
3482 | ||
3483 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3484 | { | |
3485 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3486 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
3487 | pos, | |
3488 | numRows ); | |
3489 | ||
3490 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3491 | } | |
3492 | ||
3493 | return true; | |
3494 | } | |
3495 | ||
3496 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
3497 | { | |
3498 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3499 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3500 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3501 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3502 | ||
3503 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3504 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
3505 | { | |
3506 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3507 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3508 | } | |
3509 | ||
3510 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3511 | ||
3512 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3513 | { | |
3514 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3515 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
3516 | numRows ); | |
3517 | ||
3518 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3519 | } | |
3520 | ||
3521 | return true; | |
3522 | } | |
3523 | ||
3524 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3525 | { | |
3526 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3527 | ||
3528 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3529 | { | |
3530 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3531 | ( | |
3532 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
3533 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3534 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
3535 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
3536 | ) ); | |
3537 | ||
3538 | return false; | |
3539 | } | |
3540 | ||
3541 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3542 | { | |
3543 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3544 | } | |
3545 | ||
3546 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3547 | { | |
3548 | m_data.Clear(); | |
3549 | } | |
3550 | else | |
3551 | { | |
3552 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
3553 | } | |
3554 | ||
3555 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3556 | { | |
3557 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3558 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3559 | pos, | |
3560 | numRows ); | |
3561 | ||
3562 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3563 | } | |
3564 | ||
3565 | return true; | |
3566 | } | |
3567 | ||
3568 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3569 | { | |
3570 | size_t row, col; | |
3571 | ||
3572 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3573 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3574 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3575 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3576 | ||
3577 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3578 | { | |
3579 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3580 | } | |
3581 | ||
3582 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
3583 | { | |
3584 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); | |
3585 | ||
3586 | size_t i; | |
3587 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
3588 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); | |
3589 | } | |
3590 | ||
3591 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3592 | { | |
3593 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3594 | { | |
3595 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3596 | } | |
3597 | } | |
3598 | ||
3599 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3600 | { | |
3601 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3602 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3603 | pos, | |
3604 | numCols ); | |
3605 | ||
3606 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3607 | } | |
3608 | ||
3609 | return true; | |
3610 | } | |
3611 | ||
3612 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
3613 | { | |
3614 | size_t row; | |
3615 | ||
3616 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3617 | ||
3618 | #if 0 | |
3619 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
3620 | { | |
3621 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3622 | // | |
3623 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); | |
3624 | return false; | |
3625 | } | |
3626 | #endif | |
3627 | ||
3628 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3629 | { | |
3630 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3631 | } | |
3632 | ||
3633 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3634 | { | |
3635 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3636 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
3637 | numCols ); | |
3638 | ||
3639 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3640 | } | |
3641 | ||
3642 | return true; | |
3643 | } | |
3644 | ||
3645 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3646 | { | |
3647 | size_t row; | |
3648 | ||
3649 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3650 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3651 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3652 | ||
3653 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3654 | { | |
3655 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3656 | ( | |
3657 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
3658 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3659 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
3660 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
3661 | ) ); | |
3662 | return false; | |
3663 | } | |
3664 | ||
3665 | int colID; | |
3666 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3667 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); | |
3668 | else | |
3669 | colID = pos; | |
3670 | ||
3671 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) | |
3672 | { | |
3673 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; | |
3674 | } | |
3675 | ||
3676 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
3677 | { | |
3678 | // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only | |
3679 | // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one | |
3680 | // element and not numCols, so account for it | |
3681 | int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID; | |
3682 | if ( nToRm > 0 ) | |
3683 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm ); | |
3684 | } | |
3685 | ||
3686 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3687 | { | |
3688 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
3689 | { | |
3690 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
3691 | } | |
3692 | else | |
3693 | { | |
3694 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
3695 | } | |
3696 | } | |
3697 | ||
3698 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3699 | { | |
3700 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3701 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
3702 | pos, | |
3703 | numCols ); | |
3704 | ||
3705 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3706 | } | |
3707 | ||
3708 | return true; | |
3709 | } | |
3710 | ||
3711 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3712 | { | |
3713 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3714 | { | |
3715 | // using default label | |
3716 | // | |
3717 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
3718 | } | |
3719 | else | |
3720 | { | |
3721 | return m_rowLabels[row]; | |
3722 | } | |
3723 | } | |
3724 | ||
3725 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3726 | { | |
3727 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3728 | { | |
3729 | // using default label | |
3730 | // | |
3731 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
3732 | } | |
3733 | else | |
3734 | { | |
3735 | return m_colLabels[col]; | |
3736 | } | |
3737 | } | |
3738 | ||
3739 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
3740 | { | |
3741 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3742 | { | |
3743 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
3744 | int i; | |
3745 | ||
3746 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
3747 | { | |
3748 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
3749 | } | |
3750 | } | |
3751 | ||
3752 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
3753 | } | |
3754 | ||
3755 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3756 | { | |
3757 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3758 | { | |
3759 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
3760 | int i; | |
3761 | ||
3762 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
3763 | { | |
3764 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
3765 | } | |
3766 | } | |
3767 | ||
3768 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
3769 | } | |
3770 | ||
3771 | ||
3772 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3773 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3774 | ||
3775 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow) | |
3776 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) | |
3777 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3778 | ||
3779 | void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
3780 | { | |
3781 | m_owner->CancelMouseCapture(); | |
3782 | } | |
3783 | ||
3784 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3785 | ||
3786 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
3787 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3788 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3789 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3790 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3791 | ||
3792 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3793 | wxWindowID id, | |
3794 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3795 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) | |
3796 | { | |
3797 | m_owner = parent; | |
3798 | } | |
3799 | ||
3800 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3801 | { | |
3802 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3803 | ||
3804 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3805 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3806 | // set the y coord - MB | |
3807 | // | |
3808 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3809 | ||
3810 | int x, y; | |
3811 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3812 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
3813 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y ); | |
3814 | ||
3815 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3816 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); | |
3817 | } | |
3818 | ||
3819 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3820 | { | |
3821 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3822 | } | |
3823 | ||
3824 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3825 | { | |
3826 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3827 | } | |
3828 | ||
3829 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3830 | ||
3831 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3832 | ||
3833 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
3834 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3835 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3836 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3837 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3838 | ||
3839 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3840 | wxWindowID id, | |
3841 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3842 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) | |
3843 | { | |
3844 | m_owner = parent; | |
3845 | } | |
3846 | ||
3847 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3848 | { | |
3849 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3850 | ||
3851 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3852 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3853 | // set the x coord - MB | |
3854 | // | |
3855 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3856 | ||
3857 | int x, y; | |
3858 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3859 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
3860 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
3861 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y ); | |
3862 | else | |
3863 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y ); | |
3864 | ||
3865 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3866 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); | |
3867 | } | |
3868 | ||
3869 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3870 | { | |
3871 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3872 | } | |
3873 | ||
3874 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3875 | { | |
3876 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3877 | } | |
3878 | ||
3879 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3880 | ||
3881 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3882 | ||
3883 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
3884 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3885 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3886 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3887 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3888 | ||
3889 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3890 | wxWindowID id, | |
3891 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3892 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) | |
3893 | { | |
3894 | m_owner = parent; | |
3895 | } | |
3896 | ||
3897 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3898 | { | |
3899 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3900 | ||
3901 | int client_height = 0; | |
3902 | int client_width = 0; | |
3903 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
3904 | ||
3905 | // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME) | |
3906 | #if 0 | |
3907 | def __WXGTK__ | |
3908 | wxRect rect; | |
3909 | rect.SetX( 1 ); | |
3910 | rect.SetY( 1 ); | |
3911 | rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 ); | |
3912 | rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 ); | |
3913 | ||
3914 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
3915 | #else // !__WXGTK__ | |
3916 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) ); | |
3917 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 ); | |
3918 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 ); | |
3919 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
3920 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
3921 | ||
3922 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
3923 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 ); | |
3924 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 ); | |
3925 | #endif | |
3926 | } | |
3927 | ||
3928 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3929 | { | |
3930 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3931 | } | |
3932 | ||
3933 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3934 | { | |
3935 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3936 | } | |
3937 | ||
3938 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3939 | ||
3940 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3941 | ||
3942 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
3943 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3944 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3945 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3946 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3947 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3948 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) | |
3949 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
3950 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
3951 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3952 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3953 | ||
3954 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3955 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3956 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3957 | wxWindowID id, | |
3958 | const wxPoint &pos, | |
3959 | const wxSize &size ) | |
3960 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size, | |
3961 | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN, | |
3962 | wxT("grid window") ) | |
3963 | { | |
3964 | m_owner = parent; | |
3965 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3966 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3967 | } | |
3968 | ||
3969 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3970 | { | |
3971 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3972 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3973 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3974 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3975 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
3976 | ||
3977 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3978 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3979 | #endif | |
3980 | ||
3981 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3982 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
3983 | } | |
3984 | ||
3985 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3986 | { | |
3987 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3988 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3989 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3990 | } | |
3991 | ||
3992 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3993 | { | |
3994 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) | |
3995 | SetFocus(); | |
3996 | ||
3997 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3998 | } | |
3999 | ||
4000 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4001 | { | |
4002 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
4003 | } | |
4004 | ||
4005 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
4006 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
4007 | // | |
4008 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4009 | { | |
4010 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4011 | event.Skip(); | |
4012 | } | |
4013 | ||
4014 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4015 | { | |
4016 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4017 | event.Skip(); | |
4018 | } | |
4019 | ||
4020 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4021 | { | |
4022 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4023 | event.Skip(); | |
4024 | } | |
4025 | ||
4026 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4027 | { | |
4028 | } | |
4029 | ||
4030 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
4031 | { | |
4032 | // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it | |
4033 | // uses different colour when the grid is not focused: | |
4034 | if ( m_owner->IsSelection() ) | |
4035 | { | |
4036 | Refresh(); | |
4037 | } | |
4038 | else | |
4039 | { | |
4040 | // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other | |
4041 | // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling | |
4042 | // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if | |
4043 | // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh | |
4044 | // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else" | |
4045 | // branch so that it's always executed. | |
4046 | ||
4047 | // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change: | |
4048 | const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(), | |
4049 | m_owner->GetGridCursorCol()); | |
4050 | const wxRect cursor = | |
4051 | m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords); | |
4052 | Refresh(true, &cursor); | |
4053 | } | |
4054 | ||
4055 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4056 | event.Skip(); | |
4057 | } | |
4058 | ||
4059 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4060 | ||
4061 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
4062 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
4063 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
4064 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
4065 | ||
4066 | // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function | |
4067 | ||
4068 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
4069 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
4070 | bool clipToMinMax); | |
4071 | ||
4072 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) | |
4073 | #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \ | |
4074 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \ | |
4075 | m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true) | |
4076 | ||
4077 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4078 | ||
4079 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI | |
4080 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4081 | ||
4082 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4083 | // new style border flags, we put them first to | |
4084 | // use them for streaming out | |
4085 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
4086 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
4087 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
4088 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
4089 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
4090 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
4091 | ||
4092 | // old style border flags | |
4093 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) | |
4094 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
4095 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
4096 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
4097 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
4098 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) | |
4099 | ||
4100 | // standard window styles | |
4101 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) | |
4102 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
4103 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
4104 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
4105 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) | |
4106 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) | |
4107 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
4108 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
4109 | ||
4110 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4111 | ||
4112 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") | |
4113 | ||
4114 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4115 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) | |
4116 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style | |
4117 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() | |
4118 | ||
4119 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4120 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
4121 | ||
4122 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) | |
4123 | ||
4124 | /* | |
4125 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) | |
4126 | */ | |
4127 | #else | |
4128 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4129 | #endif | |
4130 | ||
4131 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4132 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
4133 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
4134 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
4135 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
4136 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) | |
4137 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
4138 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4139 | ||
4140 | wxGrid::wxGrid() | |
4141 | { | |
4142 | InitVars(); | |
4143 | } | |
4144 | ||
4145 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
4146 | wxWindowID id, | |
4147 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
4148 | const wxSize& size, | |
4149 | long style, | |
4150 | const wxString& name ) | |
4151 | { | |
4152 | InitVars(); | |
4153 | Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); | |
4154 | } | |
4155 | ||
4156 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
4157 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, | |
4158 | long style, const wxString& name) | |
4159 | { | |
4160 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, | |
4161 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) | |
4162 | return false; | |
4163 | ||
4164 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4165 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4166 | ||
4167 | Create(); | |
4168 | SetInitialSize(size); | |
4169 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4170 | ||
4171 | return true; | |
4172 | } | |
4173 | ||
4174 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
4175 | { | |
4176 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
4177 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
4178 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4179 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4180 | ||
4181 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
4182 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
4183 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
4184 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
4185 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
4186 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
4187 | #endif | |
4188 | ||
4189 | // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it | |
4190 | // with dangling view pointer | |
4191 | if ( m_ownTable ) | |
4192 | delete m_table; | |
4193 | else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this ) | |
4194 | m_table->SetView(NULL); | |
4195 | ||
4196 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
4197 | delete m_selection; | |
4198 | } | |
4199 | ||
4200 | // | |
4201 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
4202 | // | |
4203 | ||
4204 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can | |
4205 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. | |
4206 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 | |
4207 | ||
4208 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
4209 | { | |
4210 | // create the type registry | |
4211 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
4212 | ||
4213 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
4214 | ||
4215 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
4216 | ||
4217 | // Set default cell attributes | |
4218 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4219 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
4220 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
4221 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
4222 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
4223 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
4224 | ||
4225 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4226 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4227 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4228 | ||
4229 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); | |
4230 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); | |
4231 | ||
4232 | #else | |
4233 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
4234 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
4235 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
4236 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
4237 | #endif | |
4238 | ||
4239 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4240 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4241 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4242 | ||
4243 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4244 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4245 | ||
4246 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
4247 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
4248 | wxID_ANY, | |
4249 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4250 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4251 | ||
4252 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
4253 | wxID_ANY, | |
4254 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4255 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4256 | ||
4257 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
4258 | wxID_ANY, | |
4259 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4260 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4261 | ||
4262 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
4263 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
4264 | m_colLabelWin, | |
4265 | wxID_ANY, | |
4266 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4267 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4268 | ||
4269 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
4270 | ||
4271 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4272 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; | |
4273 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; | |
4274 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; | |
4275 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; | |
4276 | #else | |
4277 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4278 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); | |
4279 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4280 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); | |
4281 | #endif | |
4282 | ||
4283 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4284 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4285 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4286 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4287 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4288 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4289 | ||
4290 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); | |
4291 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); | |
4292 | ||
4293 | Init(); | |
4294 | } | |
4295 | ||
4296 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
4297 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4298 | { | |
4299 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
4300 | false, | |
4301 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
4302 | ||
4303 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
4304 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
4305 | ||
4306 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
4307 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4308 | m_ownTable = true; | |
4309 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4310 | ||
4311 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4312 | ||
4313 | m_created = true; | |
4314 | ||
4315 | return m_created; | |
4316 | } | |
4317 | ||
4318 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
4319 | { | |
4320 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
4321 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4322 | ||
4323 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
4324 | } | |
4325 | ||
4326 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
4327 | { | |
4328 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells, | |
4329 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4330 | ||
4331 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
4332 | } | |
4333 | ||
4334 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
4335 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4336 | { | |
4337 | bool checkSelection = false; | |
4338 | if ( m_created ) | |
4339 | { | |
4340 | // stop all processing | |
4341 | m_created = false; | |
4342 | ||
4343 | if (m_table) | |
4344 | { | |
4345 | m_table->SetView(0); | |
4346 | if( m_ownTable ) | |
4347 | delete m_table; | |
4348 | m_table = NULL; | |
4349 | } | |
4350 | ||
4351 | delete m_selection; | |
4352 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4353 | ||
4354 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4355 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4356 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4357 | checkSelection = true; | |
4358 | ||
4359 | // kill row and column size arrays | |
4360 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4361 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4362 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4363 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4364 | } | |
4365 | ||
4366 | if (table) | |
4367 | { | |
4368 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
4369 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
4370 | ||
4371 | m_table = table; | |
4372 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4373 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; | |
4374 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4375 | if (checkSelection) | |
4376 | { | |
4377 | // If the newly set table is smaller than the | |
4378 | // original one current cell and selection regions | |
4379 | // might be invalid, | |
4380 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4381 | m_currentCellCoords = | |
4382 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()), | |
4383 | wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol())); | |
4384 | if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows || | |
4385 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols) | |
4386 | { | |
4387 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4388 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4389 | } | |
4390 | else | |
4391 | m_selectingBottomRight = | |
4392 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, | |
4393 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()), | |
4394 | wxMin(m_numCols, | |
4395 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol())); | |
4396 | } | |
4397 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4398 | ||
4399 | m_created = true; | |
4400 | } | |
4401 | ||
4402 | return m_created; | |
4403 | } | |
4404 | ||
4405 | void wxGrid::InitVars() | |
4406 | { | |
4407 | m_created = false; | |
4408 | ||
4409 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; | |
4410 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
4411 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
4412 | m_gridWin = NULL; | |
4413 | ||
4414 | m_table = NULL; | |
4415 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4416 | ||
4417 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4418 | m_defaultCellAttr = NULL; | |
4419 | m_typeRegistry = NULL; | |
4420 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
4421 | } | |
4422 | ||
4423 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
4424 | { | |
4425 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4426 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4427 | ||
4428 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
4429 | { | |
4430 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
4431 | } | |
4432 | else | |
4433 | { | |
4434 | m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE; | |
4435 | } | |
4436 | ||
4437 | m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4438 | ||
4439 | // init attr cache | |
4440 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
4441 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
4442 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
4443 | ||
4444 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
4445 | // | |
4446 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
4447 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
4448 | ||
4449 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4450 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4451 | ||
4452 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4453 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4454 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
4455 | ||
4456 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
4457 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
4458 | ||
4459 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
4460 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
4461 | ||
4462 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
4463 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
4464 | #else | |
4465 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
4466 | #endif | |
4467 | ||
4468 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
4469 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; | |
4470 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4471 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
4472 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
4473 | ||
4474 | m_canDragColMove = false; | |
4475 | ||
4476 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
4477 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
4478 | m_canDragRowSize = true; | |
4479 | m_canDragColSize = true; | |
4480 | m_canDragGridSize = true; | |
4481 | m_canDragCell = false; | |
4482 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4483 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4484 | m_isDragging = false; | |
4485 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4486 | m_nativeColumnLabels = false; | |
4487 | ||
4488 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
4489 | ||
4490 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
4491 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
4492 | ||
4493 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4494 | ||
4495 | ClearSelection(); | |
4496 | ||
4497 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
4498 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
4499 | ||
4500 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid | |
4501 | ||
4502 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
4503 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
4504 | ||
4505 | m_extraWidth = | |
4506 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
4507 | ||
4508 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
4509 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
4510 | } | |
4511 | ||
4512 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4513 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
4514 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
4515 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
4516 | // arrays at all | |
4517 | // | |
4518 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights | |
4519 | // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but | |
4520 | // this is not done currently | |
4521 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4522 | ||
4523 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
4524 | { | |
4525 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4526 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4527 | ||
4528 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4529 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4530 | ||
4531 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
4532 | ||
4533 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
4534 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4535 | { | |
4536 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
4537 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
4538 | } | |
4539 | } | |
4540 | ||
4541 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
4542 | { | |
4543 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4544 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4545 | ||
4546 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4547 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4548 | ||
4549 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
4550 | ||
4551 | int colRight = 0; | |
4552 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4553 | { | |
4554 | colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; | |
4555 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
4556 | } | |
4557 | } | |
4558 | ||
4559 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
4560 | { | |
4561 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
4562 | } | |
4563 | ||
4564 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
4565 | { | |
4566 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4567 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
4568 | } | |
4569 | ||
4570 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
4571 | { | |
4572 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4573 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
4574 | } | |
4575 | ||
4576 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
4577 | { | |
4578 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4579 | } | |
4580 | ||
4581 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
4582 | { | |
4583 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4584 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4585 | } | |
4586 | ||
4587 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
4588 | { | |
4589 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4590 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
4591 | } | |
4592 | ||
4593 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
4594 | { | |
4595 | // compute the size of the scrollable area | |
4596 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0; | |
4597 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
4598 | ||
4599 | w += m_extraWidth; | |
4600 | h += m_extraHeight; | |
4601 | ||
4602 | // take into account editor if shown | |
4603 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4604 | { | |
4605 | int w2, h2; | |
4606 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
4607 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
4608 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
4609 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
4610 | ||
4611 | // how big is the editor | |
4612 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
4613 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
4614 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
4615 | w2 += x; | |
4616 | h2 += y; | |
4617 | if ( w2 > w ) | |
4618 | w = w2; | |
4619 | if ( h2 > h ) | |
4620 | h = h2; | |
4621 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4622 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4623 | } | |
4624 | ||
4625 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
4626 | int x, y; | |
4627 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
4628 | ||
4629 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges | |
4630 | if ( x >= w ) | |
4631 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); | |
4632 | if ( y >= h ) | |
4633 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); | |
4634 | ||
4635 | // do set scrollbar parameters | |
4636 | SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY, | |
4637 | GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), | |
4638 | x, y, | |
4639 | GetBatchCount() != 0); | |
4640 | ||
4641 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
4642 | // still must reposition the children | |
4643 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
4644 | } | |
4645 | ||
4646 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
4647 | { | |
4648 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet | |
4649 | ||
4650 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) | |
4651 | return; | |
4652 | ||
4653 | int cw, ch; | |
4654 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4655 | ||
4656 | // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid | |
4657 | // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid | |
4658 | // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be | |
4659 | // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the | |
4660 | // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more | |
4661 | // | |
4662 | // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for | |
4663 | // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then | |
4664 | wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize(); | |
4665 | if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) ) | |
4666 | { | |
4667 | // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for | |
4668 | // the fixed size elements | |
4669 | size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4670 | size.y -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
4671 | ||
4672 | const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize(); | |
4673 | ||
4674 | if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y ) | |
4675 | { | |
4676 | // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size | |
4677 | // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now) | |
4678 | SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
4679 | GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
4680 | } | |
4681 | } | |
4682 | ||
4683 | // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't | |
4684 | // size the windows to negative sizes in this case | |
4685 | int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4686 | int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight; | |
4687 | if (gw < 0) | |
4688 | gw = 0; | |
4689 | if (gh < 0) | |
4690 | gh = 0; | |
4691 | ||
4692 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4693 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4694 | ||
4695 | if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4696 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4697 | ||
4698 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4699 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh ); | |
4700 | ||
4701 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
4702 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh ); | |
4703 | } | |
4704 | ||
4705 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message | |
4706 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned | |
4707 | // | |
4708 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
4709 | { | |
4710 | int i; | |
4711 | bool result = false; | |
4712 | ||
4713 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
4714 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
4715 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4716 | ||
4717 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
4718 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
4719 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
4720 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
4721 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
4722 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4723 | ||
4724 | #if 0 | |
4725 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
4726 | // now | |
4727 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4728 | { | |
4729 | InitColWidths(); | |
4730 | } | |
4731 | ||
4732 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4733 | { | |
4734 | InitRowHeights(); | |
4735 | } | |
4736 | #endif | |
4737 | ||
4738 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
4739 | { | |
4740 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
4741 | { | |
4742 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4743 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4744 | ||
4745 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4746 | ||
4747 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4748 | { | |
4749 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
4750 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
4751 | ||
4752 | int bottom = 0; | |
4753 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
4754 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; | |
4755 | ||
4756 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4757 | { | |
4758 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4759 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4760 | } | |
4761 | } | |
4762 | ||
4763 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4764 | { | |
4765 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4766 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4767 | // | |
4768 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4769 | } | |
4770 | ||
4771 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4772 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4773 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4774 | if (attrProvider) | |
4775 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4776 | ||
4777 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4778 | { | |
4779 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4780 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4781 | } | |
4782 | } | |
4783 | result = true; | |
4784 | break; | |
4785 | ||
4786 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
4787 | { | |
4788 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4789 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
4790 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4791 | ||
4792 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4793 | { | |
4794 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
4795 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
4796 | ||
4797 | int bottom = 0; | |
4798 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) | |
4799 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; | |
4800 | ||
4801 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4802 | { | |
4803 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4804 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4805 | } | |
4806 | } | |
4807 | ||
4808 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4809 | { | |
4810 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4811 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4812 | // | |
4813 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4814 | } | |
4815 | ||
4816 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4817 | { | |
4818 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4819 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4820 | } | |
4821 | } | |
4822 | result = true; | |
4823 | break; | |
4824 | ||
4825 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4826 | { | |
4827 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4828 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4829 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
4830 | ||
4831 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4832 | { | |
4833 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4834 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4835 | ||
4836 | int h = 0; | |
4837 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4838 | { | |
4839 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4840 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
4841 | } | |
4842 | } | |
4843 | ||
4844 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
4845 | { | |
4846 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4847 | } | |
4848 | else | |
4849 | { | |
4850 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
4851 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4852 | } | |
4853 | ||
4854 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4855 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4856 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4857 | if (attrProvider) | |
4858 | { | |
4859 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4860 | ||
4861 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4862 | #if 0 | |
4863 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
4864 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
4865 | // all column attributes. | |
4866 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4867 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
4868 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
4869 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
4870 | #endif | |
4871 | } | |
4872 | ||
4873 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4874 | { | |
4875 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4876 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4877 | } | |
4878 | } | |
4879 | result = true; | |
4880 | break; | |
4881 | ||
4882 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4883 | { | |
4884 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4885 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4886 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4887 | ||
4888 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
4889 | { | |
4890 | //Shift the column IDs | |
4891 | int i; | |
4892 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) | |
4893 | { | |
4894 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) | |
4895 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; | |
4896 | } | |
4897 | ||
4898 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); | |
4899 | ||
4900 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
4901 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
4902 | { | |
4903 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
4904 | } | |
4905 | } | |
4906 | ||
4907 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4908 | { | |
4909 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
4910 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
4911 | ||
4912 | int right = 0; | |
4913 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
4914 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; | |
4915 | ||
4916 | int colPos; | |
4917 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4918 | { | |
4919 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4920 | ||
4921 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4922 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4923 | } | |
4924 | } | |
4925 | ||
4926 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4927 | { | |
4928 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4929 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4930 | // | |
4931 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4932 | } | |
4933 | ||
4934 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4935 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4936 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4937 | if (attrProvider) | |
4938 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4939 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4940 | { | |
4941 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4942 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4943 | } | |
4944 | } | |
4945 | result = true; | |
4946 | break; | |
4947 | ||
4948 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4949 | { | |
4950 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4951 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
4952 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4953 | ||
4954 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
4955 | { | |
4956 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
4957 | ||
4958 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
4959 | int i; | |
4960 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4961 | { | |
4962 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
4963 | } | |
4964 | } | |
4965 | ||
4966 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4967 | { | |
4968 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
4969 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
4970 | ||
4971 | int right = 0; | |
4972 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) | |
4973 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; | |
4974 | ||
4975 | int colPos; | |
4976 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4977 | { | |
4978 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4979 | ||
4980 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4981 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4982 | } | |
4983 | } | |
4984 | ||
4985 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4986 | { | |
4987 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4988 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4989 | // | |
4990 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4991 | } | |
4992 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4993 | { | |
4994 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4995 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4996 | } | |
4997 | } | |
4998 | result = true; | |
4999 | break; | |
5000 | ||
5001 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
5002 | { | |
5003 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5004 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5005 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
5006 | ||
5007 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
5008 | { | |
5009 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); | |
5010 | ||
5011 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5012 | ||
5013 | //Shift the column IDs | |
5014 | int colPos; | |
5015 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5016 | { | |
5017 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) | |
5018 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; | |
5019 | } | |
5020 | } | |
5021 | ||
5022 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
5023 | { | |
5024 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5025 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5026 | ||
5027 | int w = 0; | |
5028 | int colPos; | |
5029 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5030 | { | |
5031 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5032 | ||
5033 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
5034 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
5035 | } | |
5036 | } | |
5037 | ||
5038 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
5039 | { | |
5040 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5041 | } | |
5042 | else | |
5043 | { | |
5044 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
5045 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
5046 | } | |
5047 | ||
5048 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5049 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
5050 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5051 | if (attrProvider) | |
5052 | { | |
5053 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
5054 | ||
5055 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
5056 | #if 0 | |
5057 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
5058 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
5059 | // all row attributes. | |
5060 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
5061 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
5062 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
5063 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
5064 | #endif | |
5065 | } | |
5066 | ||
5067 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5068 | { | |
5069 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5070 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5071 | } | |
5072 | } | |
5073 | result = true; | |
5074 | break; | |
5075 | } | |
5076 | ||
5077 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5078 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5079 | ||
5080 | return result; | |
5081 | } | |
5082 | ||
5083 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5084 | { | |
5085 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5086 | wxRect r; | |
5087 | ||
5088 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
5089 | ||
5090 | int top, bottom; | |
5091 | while ( iter ) | |
5092 | { | |
5093 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5094 | ||
5095 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5096 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5097 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5098 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5099 | // | |
5100 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5101 | int cw, ch; | |
5102 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5103 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) | |
5104 | r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5105 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5106 | #endif | |
5107 | ||
5108 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5109 | // | |
5110 | int dummy; | |
5111 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
5112 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
5113 | ||
5114 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
5115 | // | |
5116 | int row; | |
5117 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5118 | { | |
5119 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
5120 | continue; | |
5121 | ||
5122 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5123 | break; | |
5124 | ||
5125 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
5126 | } | |
5127 | ||
5128 | ++iter; | |
5129 | } | |
5130 | ||
5131 | return rowlabels; | |
5132 | } | |
5133 | ||
5134 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5135 | { | |
5136 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5137 | wxRect r; | |
5138 | ||
5139 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
5140 | ||
5141 | int left, right; | |
5142 | while ( iter ) | |
5143 | { | |
5144 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5145 | ||
5146 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5147 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5148 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5149 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5150 | // | |
5151 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5152 | int cw, ch; | |
5153 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5154 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) | |
5155 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5156 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5157 | #endif | |
5158 | ||
5159 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5160 | // | |
5161 | int dummy; | |
5162 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5163 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
5164 | ||
5165 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5166 | // | |
5167 | int col; | |
5168 | int colPos; | |
5169 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5170 | { | |
5171 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5172 | ||
5173 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
5174 | continue; | |
5175 | ||
5176 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5177 | break; | |
5178 | ||
5179 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
5180 | } | |
5181 | ||
5182 | ++iter; | |
5183 | } | |
5184 | ||
5185 | return colLabels; | |
5186 | } | |
5187 | ||
5188 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5189 | { | |
5190 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5191 | wxRect r; | |
5192 | ||
5193 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
5194 | ||
5195 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
5196 | while ( iter ) | |
5197 | { | |
5198 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5199 | ||
5200 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5201 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5202 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5203 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5204 | // | |
5205 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5206 | int cw, ch; | |
5207 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5208 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5209 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5210 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5211 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5212 | #endif | |
5213 | ||
5214 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5215 | // | |
5216 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
5217 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
5218 | ||
5219 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5220 | // | |
5221 | int row, col; | |
5222 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5223 | { | |
5224 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
5225 | continue; | |
5226 | ||
5227 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5228 | break; | |
5229 | ||
5230 | int colPos; | |
5231 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5232 | { | |
5233 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5234 | ||
5235 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
5236 | continue; | |
5237 | ||
5238 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5239 | break; | |
5240 | ||
5241 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
5242 | } | |
5243 | } | |
5244 | ||
5245 | ++iter; | |
5246 | } | |
5247 | ||
5248 | return cellsExposed; | |
5249 | } | |
5250 | ||
5251 | ||
5252 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5253 | { | |
5254 | int x, y, row; | |
5255 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5256 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5257 | ||
5258 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5259 | { | |
5260 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5261 | { | |
5262 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5263 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5264 | } | |
5265 | ||
5266 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5267 | { | |
5268 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5269 | { | |
5270 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5271 | { | |
5272 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5273 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5274 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5275 | ||
5276 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5277 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5278 | y = wxMax( y, | |
5279 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5280 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5281 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5282 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5283 | { | |
5284 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5285 | } | |
5286 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5287 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5288 | } | |
5289 | break; | |
5290 | ||
5291 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5292 | { | |
5293 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
5294 | { | |
5295 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5296 | { | |
5297 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
5298 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5299 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5300 | event.AltDown(), | |
5301 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5302 | } | |
5303 | } | |
5304 | } | |
5305 | break; | |
5306 | ||
5307 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5308 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5309 | default: | |
5310 | break; | |
5311 | } | |
5312 | } | |
5313 | return; | |
5314 | } | |
5315 | ||
5316 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5317 | return; | |
5318 | ||
5319 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5320 | { | |
5321 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5322 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5323 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5324 | } | |
5325 | ||
5326 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5327 | // | |
5328 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5329 | { | |
5330 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5331 | } | |
5332 | ||
5333 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5334 | // | |
5335 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5336 | { | |
5337 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5338 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
5339 | // wanting to resize the row | |
5340 | // | |
5341 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5342 | { | |
5343 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5344 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5345 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5346 | { | |
5347 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5348 | ClearSelection(); | |
5349 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5350 | { | |
5351 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5352 | { | |
5353 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5354 | 0, | |
5355 | row, | |
5356 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
5357 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5358 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5359 | event.AltDown(), | |
5360 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5361 | } | |
5362 | else | |
5363 | { | |
5364 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
5365 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5366 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5367 | event.AltDown(), | |
5368 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5369 | } | |
5370 | } | |
5371 | ||
5372 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5373 | } | |
5374 | } | |
5375 | else | |
5376 | { | |
5377 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
5378 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5379 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5380 | } | |
5381 | } | |
5382 | ||
5383 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5384 | // | |
5385 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5386 | { | |
5387 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
5388 | if ( row < 0 ) | |
5389 | { | |
5390 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5391 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5392 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5393 | { | |
5394 | // no default action at the moment | |
5395 | } | |
5396 | } | |
5397 | else | |
5398 | { | |
5399 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
5400 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
5401 | ||
5402 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5403 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5404 | } | |
5405 | } | |
5406 | ||
5407 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5408 | // | |
5409 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5410 | { | |
5411 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5412 | { | |
5413 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5414 | ||
5415 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5416 | // default processing in this case | |
5417 | // | |
5418 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5419 | } | |
5420 | ||
5421 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5422 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5423 | } | |
5424 | ||
5425 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5426 | // | |
5427 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5428 | { | |
5429 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5430 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5431 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5432 | { | |
5433 | // no default action at the moment | |
5434 | } | |
5435 | } | |
5436 | ||
5437 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5438 | // | |
5439 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5440 | { | |
5441 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5442 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5443 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5444 | { | |
5445 | // no default action at the moment | |
5446 | } | |
5447 | } | |
5448 | ||
5449 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5450 | // | |
5451 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5452 | { | |
5453 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5454 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5455 | { | |
5456 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5457 | { | |
5458 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
5459 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5460 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5461 | } | |
5462 | } | |
5463 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5464 | { | |
5465 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5466 | } | |
5467 | } | |
5468 | } | |
5469 | ||
5470 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5471 | { | |
5472 | int x, y, col; | |
5473 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5474 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5475 | ||
5476 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5477 | { | |
5478 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5479 | { | |
5480 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5481 | m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5482 | ||
5483 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL ) | |
5484 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x ); | |
5485 | } | |
5486 | ||
5487 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5488 | { | |
5489 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5490 | { | |
5491 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5492 | { | |
5493 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5494 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5495 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5496 | ||
5497 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5498 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5499 | ||
5500 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5501 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
5502 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5503 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5504 | { | |
5505 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5506 | } | |
5507 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5508 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5509 | } | |
5510 | break; | |
5511 | ||
5512 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
5513 | { | |
5514 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
5515 | { | |
5516 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5517 | { | |
5518 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
5519 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5520 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5521 | event.AltDown(), | |
5522 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5523 | } | |
5524 | } | |
5525 | } | |
5526 | break; | |
5527 | ||
5528 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5529 | { | |
5530 | if ( x < 0 ) | |
5531 | m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 ); | |
5532 | else | |
5533 | m_moveToCol = XToCol( x ); | |
5534 | ||
5535 | int markerX; | |
5536 | ||
5537 | if ( m_moveToCol < 0 ) | |
5538 | markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) ); | |
5539 | else | |
5540 | markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ); | |
5541 | ||
5542 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) | |
5543 | { | |
5544 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
5545 | ||
5546 | int cw, ch; | |
5547 | m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5548 | ||
5549 | markerX++; | |
5550 | ||
5551 | //Clean up the last indicator | |
5552 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5553 | { | |
5554 | wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); | |
5555 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
5556 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); | |
5557 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
5558 | ||
5559 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) | |
5560 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); | |
5561 | } | |
5562 | ||
5563 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker | |
5564 | if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol) | |
5565 | || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1) | |
5566 | || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ))) | |
5567 | { | |
5568 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5569 | return; | |
5570 | } | |
5571 | ||
5572 | //Draw the marker | |
5573 | wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 ); | |
5574 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
5575 | ||
5576 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); | |
5577 | ||
5578 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
5579 | ||
5580 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; | |
5581 | } | |
5582 | } | |
5583 | break; | |
5584 | ||
5585 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5586 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5587 | default: | |
5588 | break; | |
5589 | } | |
5590 | } | |
5591 | return; | |
5592 | } | |
5593 | ||
5594 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5595 | return; | |
5596 | ||
5597 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5598 | { | |
5599 | if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5600 | m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5601 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5602 | } | |
5603 | ||
5604 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5605 | // | |
5606 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5607 | { | |
5608 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5609 | } | |
5610 | ||
5611 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5612 | // | |
5613 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5614 | { | |
5615 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5616 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
5617 | // wanting to resize the col | |
5618 | // | |
5619 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
5620 | { | |
5621 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5622 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5623 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5624 | { | |
5625 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) | |
5626 | { | |
5627 | //Show button as pressed | |
5628 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
5629 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); | |
5630 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; | |
5631 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); | |
5632 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
5633 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
5634 | ||
5635 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5636 | } | |
5637 | else | |
5638 | { | |
5639 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5640 | ClearSelection(); | |
5641 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5642 | { | |
5643 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5644 | { | |
5645 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
5646 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5647 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
5648 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5649 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5650 | event.AltDown(), | |
5651 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5652 | } | |
5653 | else | |
5654 | { | |
5655 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
5656 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5657 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5658 | event.AltDown(), | |
5659 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5660 | } | |
5661 | } | |
5662 | ||
5663 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5664 | } | |
5665 | } | |
5666 | } | |
5667 | else | |
5668 | { | |
5669 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
5670 | // | |
5671 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5672 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5673 | } | |
5674 | } | |
5675 | ||
5676 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5677 | // | |
5678 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5679 | { | |
5680 | col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
5681 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
5682 | { | |
5683 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5684 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5685 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5686 | { | |
5687 | // no default action at the moment | |
5688 | } | |
5689 | } | |
5690 | else | |
5691 | { | |
5692 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
5693 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( col ); | |
5694 | ||
5695 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5696 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5697 | } | |
5698 | } | |
5699 | ||
5700 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5701 | // | |
5702 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5703 | { | |
5704 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5705 | { | |
5706 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5707 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5708 | ||
5709 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5710 | // default processing in this case | |
5711 | // | |
5712 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5713 | break; | |
5714 | ||
5715 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5716 | DoEndDragMoveCol(); | |
5717 | ||
5718 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5719 | break; | |
5720 | ||
5721 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
5722 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
5723 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5724 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5725 | // nothing to do (?) | |
5726 | break; | |
5727 | } | |
5728 | ||
5729 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5730 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5731 | } | |
5732 | ||
5733 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5734 | // | |
5735 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5736 | { | |
5737 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5738 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5739 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5740 | { | |
5741 | // no default action at the moment | |
5742 | } | |
5743 | } | |
5744 | ||
5745 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5746 | // | |
5747 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5748 | { | |
5749 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5750 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5751 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5752 | { | |
5753 | // no default action at the moment | |
5754 | } | |
5755 | } | |
5756 | ||
5757 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5758 | // | |
5759 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5760 | { | |
5761 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5762 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5763 | { | |
5764 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5765 | { | |
5766 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
5767 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5768 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
5769 | } | |
5770 | } | |
5771 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5772 | { | |
5773 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
5774 | } | |
5775 | } | |
5776 | } | |
5777 | ||
5778 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5779 | { | |
5780 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5781 | { | |
5782 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
5783 | // col args == -1 | |
5784 | // | |
5785 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5786 | { | |
5787 | SelectAll(); | |
5788 | } | |
5789 | } | |
5790 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5791 | { | |
5792 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
5793 | } | |
5794 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5795 | { | |
5796 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5797 | { | |
5798 | // no default action at the moment | |
5799 | } | |
5800 | } | |
5801 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5802 | { | |
5803 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5804 | { | |
5805 | // no default action at the moment | |
5806 | } | |
5807 | } | |
5808 | } | |
5809 | ||
5810 | void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture() | |
5811 | { | |
5812 | // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is | |
5813 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
5814 | { | |
5815 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5816 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
5817 | m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5818 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
5819 | ||
5820 | // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen | |
5821 | Refresh(); | |
5822 | } | |
5823 | } | |
5824 | ||
5825 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
5826 | wxWindow *win, | |
5827 | bool captureMouse) | |
5828 | { | |
5829 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
5830 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
5831 | { | |
5832 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
5833 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
5834 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
5835 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
5836 | _T("SELECT_COL"), | |
5837 | _T("MOVE_COL"), | |
5838 | }; | |
5839 | ||
5840 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
5841 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
5842 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
5843 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
5844 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
5845 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
5846 | #endif | |
5847 | ||
5848 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
5849 | win == m_winCapture && | |
5850 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
5851 | return; | |
5852 | ||
5853 | if ( !win ) | |
5854 | { | |
5855 | // by default use the grid itself | |
5856 | win = m_gridWin; | |
5857 | } | |
5858 | ||
5859 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
5860 | { | |
5861 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) | |
5862 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5863 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
5864 | } | |
5865 | ||
5866 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
5867 | ||
5868 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5869 | { | |
5870 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5871 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
5872 | break; | |
5873 | ||
5874 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5875 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
5876 | break; | |
5877 | ||
5878 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5879 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); | |
5880 | break; | |
5881 | ||
5882 | default: | |
5883 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5884 | break; | |
5885 | } | |
5886 | ||
5887 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
5888 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
5889 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
5890 | ||
5891 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
5892 | { | |
5893 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
5894 | m_winCapture = win; | |
5895 | } | |
5896 | } | |
5897 | ||
5898 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5899 | { | |
5900 | int x, y; | |
5901 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5902 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5903 | ||
5904 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
5905 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
5906 | ||
5907 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5908 | bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; | |
5909 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5910 | if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
5911 | { | |
5912 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
5913 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
5914 | } | |
5915 | ||
5916 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5917 | { | |
5918 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
5919 | ||
5920 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at | |
5921 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
5922 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
5923 | { | |
5924 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
5925 | { | |
5926 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
5927 | return; | |
5928 | } | |
5929 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
5930 | return; | |
5931 | } | |
5932 | ||
5933 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5934 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5935 | { | |
5936 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
5937 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
5938 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5939 | { | |
5940 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5941 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5942 | } | |
5943 | ||
5944 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5945 | { | |
5946 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
5947 | { | |
5948 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5949 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5950 | HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
5951 | } | |
5952 | else if ( CanDragCell() ) | |
5953 | { | |
5954 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
5955 | { | |
5956 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5957 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5958 | ||
5959 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, | |
5960 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5961 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5962 | event ); | |
5963 | return; | |
5964 | } | |
5965 | } | |
5966 | else | |
5967 | { | |
5968 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
5969 | { | |
5970 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5971 | } | |
5972 | else | |
5973 | { | |
5974 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
5975 | } | |
5976 | } | |
5977 | ||
5978 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
5979 | { | |
5980 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
5981 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
5982 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
5983 | } | |
5984 | } | |
5985 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
5986 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
5987 | { | |
5988 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
5989 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
5990 | } | |
5991 | ||
5992 | ||
5993 | } | |
5994 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5995 | { | |
5996 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5997 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5998 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5999 | ||
6000 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6001 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6002 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
6003 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
6004 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
6005 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6006 | { | |
6007 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
6008 | } | |
6009 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
6010 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
6011 | } | |
6012 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
6013 | { | |
6014 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
6015 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6016 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
6017 | ||
6018 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6019 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6020 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
6021 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
6022 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
6023 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6024 | { | |
6025 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
6026 | } | |
6027 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
6028 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
6029 | } | |
6030 | ||
6031 | return; | |
6032 | } | |
6033 | ||
6034 | m_isDragging = false; | |
6035 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
6036 | ||
6037 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
6038 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
6039 | // wxGTK | |
6040 | #if 0 | |
6041 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
6042 | { | |
6043 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6044 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
6045 | } | |
6046 | else | |
6047 | #endif // 0 | |
6048 | ||
6049 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
6050 | // | |
6051 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6052 | { | |
6053 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
6054 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6055 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6056 | event ) ) | |
6057 | { | |
6058 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) | |
6059 | ClearSelection(); | |
6060 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
6061 | { | |
6062 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6063 | { | |
6064 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6065 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
6066 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6067 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6068 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6069 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6070 | event.AltDown(), | |
6071 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6072 | } | |
6073 | } | |
6074 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
6075 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
6076 | { | |
6077 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6078 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
6079 | ||
6080 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
6081 | { | |
6082 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6083 | { | |
6084 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
6085 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6086 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6087 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6088 | event.AltDown(), | |
6089 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6090 | } | |
6091 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6092 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6093 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
6094 | } | |
6095 | else | |
6096 | { | |
6097 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6098 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
6099 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6100 | { | |
6101 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() != | |
6102 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) | |
6103 | { | |
6104 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
6105 | } | |
6106 | } | |
6107 | } | |
6108 | } | |
6109 | } | |
6110 | } | |
6111 | ||
6112 | // ------------ Left double click | |
6113 | // | |
6114 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6115 | { | |
6116 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6117 | ||
6118 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
6119 | { | |
6120 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
6121 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6122 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6123 | event ) ) | |
6124 | { | |
6125 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing | |
6126 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): | |
6127 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; | |
6128 | } | |
6129 | } | |
6130 | } | |
6131 | ||
6132 | // ------------ Left button released | |
6133 | // | |
6134 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
6135 | { | |
6136 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6137 | { | |
6138 | if (m_winCapture) | |
6139 | { | |
6140 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) | |
6141 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
6142 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6143 | } | |
6144 | ||
6145 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
6146 | { | |
6147 | ClearSelection(); | |
6148 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
6149 | ||
6150 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
6151 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
6152 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
6153 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6154 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6155 | ||
6156 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
6157 | } | |
6158 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6159 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6160 | { | |
6161 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6162 | { | |
6163 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
6164 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
6165 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
6166 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
6167 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6168 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6169 | event.AltDown(), | |
6170 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6171 | } | |
6172 | ||
6173 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6174 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6175 | ||
6176 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
6177 | // drag-shrinking. | |
6178 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6179 | } | |
6180 | } | |
6181 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
6182 | { | |
6183 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6184 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
6185 | ||
6186 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6187 | // default processing in this case | |
6188 | // | |
6189 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
6190 | } | |
6191 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
6192 | { | |
6193 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6194 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
6195 | ||
6196 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6197 | // default processing in this case | |
6198 | // | |
6199 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
6200 | } | |
6201 | ||
6202 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6203 | } | |
6204 | ||
6205 | // ------------ Right button down | |
6206 | // | |
6207 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6208 | { | |
6209 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6210 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
6211 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6212 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6213 | event ) ) | |
6214 | { | |
6215 | // no default action at the moment | |
6216 | } | |
6217 | } | |
6218 | ||
6219 | // ------------ Right double click | |
6220 | // | |
6221 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6222 | { | |
6223 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6224 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
6225 | coords.GetRow(), | |
6226 | coords.GetCol(), | |
6227 | event ) ) | |
6228 | { | |
6229 | // no default action at the moment | |
6230 | } | |
6231 | } | |
6232 | ||
6233 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
6234 | // | |
6235 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
6236 | { | |
6237 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
6238 | { | |
6239 | // out of grid cell area | |
6240 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6241 | return; | |
6242 | } | |
6243 | ||
6244 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
6245 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
6246 | ||
6247 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
6248 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
6249 | // | |
6250 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6251 | { | |
6252 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6253 | return; | |
6254 | } | |
6255 | ||
6256 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
6257 | { | |
6258 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
6259 | ||
6260 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6261 | { | |
6262 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6263 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false); | |
6264 | } | |
6265 | } | |
6266 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6267 | { | |
6268 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
6269 | ||
6270 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6271 | { | |
6272 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6273 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false); | |
6274 | } | |
6275 | } | |
6276 | else // Neither on a row or col edge | |
6277 | { | |
6278 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6279 | { | |
6280 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6281 | } | |
6282 | } | |
6283 | } | |
6284 | } | |
6285 | ||
6286 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
6287 | { | |
6288 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6289 | { | |
6290 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
6291 | // | |
6292 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
6293 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6294 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
6295 | ||
6296 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6297 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6298 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
6299 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
6300 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6301 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6302 | ||
6303 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6304 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6305 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) ); | |
6306 | ||
6307 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6308 | { | |
6309 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
6310 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
6311 | rect.x = 0; | |
6312 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
6313 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6314 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
6315 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6316 | rect.width = cw; | |
6317 | ||
6318 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
6319 | if (m_table) | |
6320 | { | |
6321 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0; | |
6322 | int leftCol = XToCol(left); | |
6323 | int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw); | |
6324 | if (leftCol >= 0) | |
6325 | { | |
6326 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
6327 | { | |
6328 | GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
6329 | if (cell_rows < subtract_rows) | |
6330 | subtract_rows = cell_rows; | |
6331 | } | |
6332 | rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows); | |
6333 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
6334 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
6335 | } | |
6336 | } | |
6337 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6338 | } | |
6339 | ||
6340 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6341 | } | |
6342 | } | |
6343 | ||
6344 | ||
6345 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
6346 | { | |
6347 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6348 | { | |
6349 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
6350 | // | |
6351 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
6352 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6353 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
6354 | ||
6355 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6356 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6357 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
6358 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
6359 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6360 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6361 | ||
6362 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6363 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6364 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
6365 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
6366 | ||
6367 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6368 | { | |
6369 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
6370 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
6371 | rect.y = 0; | |
6372 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
6373 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
6374 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
6375 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6376 | rect.height = ch; | |
6377 | ||
6378 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
6379 | if (m_table) | |
6380 | { | |
6381 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0; | |
6382 | int topRow = YToRow(top); | |
6383 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw); | |
6384 | if (topRow >= 0) | |
6385 | { | |
6386 | for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++) | |
6387 | { | |
6388 | GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
6389 | if (cell_cols < subtract_cols) | |
6390 | subtract_cols = cell_cols; | |
6391 | } | |
6392 | ||
6393 | rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols); | |
6394 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
6395 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
6396 | } | |
6397 | } | |
6398 | ||
6399 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6400 | } | |
6401 | ||
6402 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6403 | } | |
6404 | } | |
6405 | ||
6406 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol() | |
6407 | { | |
6408 | //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag | |
6409 | if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 ) | |
6410 | { | |
6411 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); //Do this to "unpress" the column | |
6412 | return; | |
6413 | } | |
6414 | ||
6415 | int newPos; | |
6416 | if ( m_moveToCol == -1 ) | |
6417 | newPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
6418 | else | |
6419 | { | |
6420 | newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol ); | |
6421 | if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) ) | |
6422 | newPos--; | |
6423 | } | |
6424 | ||
6425 | SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos ); | |
6426 | } | |
6427 | ||
6428 | void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos ) | |
6429 | { | |
6430 | if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
6431 | { | |
6432 | m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
6433 | ||
6434 | int i; | |
6435 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6436 | { | |
6437 | m_colAt.Add( i ); | |
6438 | } | |
6439 | } | |
6440 | ||
6441 | int oldPos = GetColPos( colID ); | |
6442 | ||
6443 | //Reshuffle the m_colAt array | |
6444 | if ( newPos > oldPos ) | |
6445 | { | |
6446 | int i; | |
6447 | for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ ) | |
6448 | { | |
6449 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1]; | |
6450 | } | |
6451 | } | |
6452 | else | |
6453 | { | |
6454 | int i; | |
6455 | for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- ) | |
6456 | { | |
6457 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1]; | |
6458 | } | |
6459 | } | |
6460 | ||
6461 | m_colAt[newPos] = colID; | |
6462 | ||
6463 | //Recalculate the column rights | |
6464 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
6465 | { | |
6466 | int colRight = 0; | |
6467 | int colPos; | |
6468 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6469 | { | |
6470 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
6471 | ||
6472 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; | |
6473 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; | |
6474 | } | |
6475 | } | |
6476 | ||
6477 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6478 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6479 | } | |
6480 | ||
6481 | ||
6482 | ||
6483 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) | |
6484 | { | |
6485 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) | |
6486 | return; | |
6487 | ||
6488 | m_canDragColMove = enable; | |
6489 | ||
6490 | if ( !m_canDragColMove ) | |
6491 | { | |
6492 | m_colAt.Clear(); | |
6493 | ||
6494 | //Recalculate the column rights | |
6495 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
6496 | { | |
6497 | int colRight = 0; | |
6498 | int colPos; | |
6499 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6500 | { | |
6501 | colRight += m_colWidths[colPos]; | |
6502 | m_colRights[colPos] = colRight; | |
6503 | } | |
6504 | } | |
6505 | ||
6506 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6507 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6508 | } | |
6509 | } | |
6510 | ||
6511 | ||
6512 | // | |
6513 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
6514 | // | |
6515 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
6516 | { | |
6517 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
6518 | { | |
6519 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
6520 | return GetModelValues(); | |
6521 | ||
6522 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
6523 | return SetModelValues(); | |
6524 | ||
6525 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
6526 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
6527 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
6528 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
6529 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
6530 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
6531 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
6532 | ||
6533 | default: | |
6534 | return false; | |
6535 | } | |
6536 | } | |
6537 | ||
6538 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
6539 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
6540 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
6541 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
6542 | // | |
6543 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
6544 | { | |
6545 | if ( m_table ) | |
6546 | { | |
6547 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6548 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6549 | ||
6550 | m_table->Clear(); | |
6551 | if (!GetBatchCount()) | |
6552 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6553 | } | |
6554 | } | |
6555 | ||
6556 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6557 | { | |
6558 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6559 | ||
6560 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6561 | { | |
6562 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6563 | return false; | |
6564 | } | |
6565 | ||
6566 | if ( m_table ) | |
6567 | { | |
6568 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6569 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6570 | ||
6571 | bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
6572 | return done; | |
6573 | ||
6574 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
6575 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6576 | } | |
6577 | ||
6578 | return false; | |
6579 | } | |
6580 | ||
6581 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6582 | { | |
6583 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6584 | ||
6585 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6586 | { | |
6587 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6588 | return false; | |
6589 | } | |
6590 | ||
6591 | if ( m_table ) | |
6592 | { | |
6593 | bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ); | |
6594 | return done; | |
6595 | ||
6596 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
6597 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6598 | } | |
6599 | ||
6600 | return false; | |
6601 | } | |
6602 | ||
6603 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6604 | { | |
6605 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6606 | ||
6607 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6608 | { | |
6609 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6610 | return false; | |
6611 | } | |
6612 | ||
6613 | if ( m_table ) | |
6614 | { | |
6615 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6616 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6617 | ||
6618 | bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows ); | |
6619 | return done; | |
6620 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
6621 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6622 | } | |
6623 | ||
6624 | return false; | |
6625 | } | |
6626 | ||
6627 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6628 | { | |
6629 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6630 | ||
6631 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6632 | { | |
6633 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6634 | return false; | |
6635 | } | |
6636 | ||
6637 | if ( m_table ) | |
6638 | { | |
6639 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6640 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6641 | ||
6642 | bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
6643 | return done; | |
6644 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
6645 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6646 | } | |
6647 | ||
6648 | return false; | |
6649 | } | |
6650 | ||
6651 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6652 | { | |
6653 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6654 | ||
6655 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6656 | { | |
6657 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6658 | return false; | |
6659 | } | |
6660 | ||
6661 | if ( m_table ) | |
6662 | { | |
6663 | bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols ); | |
6664 | return done; | |
6665 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
6666 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6667 | } | |
6668 | ||
6669 | return false; | |
6670 | } | |
6671 | ||
6672 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6673 | { | |
6674 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6675 | ||
6676 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6677 | { | |
6678 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6679 | return false; | |
6680 | } | |
6681 | ||
6682 | if ( m_table ) | |
6683 | { | |
6684 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6685 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6686 | ||
6687 | bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ); | |
6688 | return done; | |
6689 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
6690 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6691 | } | |
6692 | ||
6693 | return false; | |
6694 | } | |
6695 | ||
6696 | // | |
6697 | // ----- event handlers | |
6698 | // | |
6699 | ||
6700 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
6701 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
6702 | // | |
6703 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
6704 | int row, int col, | |
6705 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
6706 | { | |
6707 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6708 | ||
6709 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6710 | { | |
6711 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6712 | ||
6713 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6714 | type, | |
6715 | this, | |
6716 | rowOrCol, | |
6717 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6718 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6719 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6720 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6721 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6722 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6723 | ||
6724 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6725 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6726 | } | |
6727 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
6728 | { | |
6729 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
6730 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6731 | type, | |
6732 | this, | |
6733 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
6734 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
6735 | true, | |
6736 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6737 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6738 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6739 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6740 | ||
6741 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6742 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6743 | } | |
6744 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || | |
6745 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || | |
6746 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || | |
6747 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) | |
6748 | { | |
6749 | wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); | |
6750 | ||
6751 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) | |
6752 | pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); | |
6753 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) | |
6754 | pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); | |
6755 | ||
6756 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6757 | type, | |
6758 | this, | |
6759 | row, col, | |
6760 | pos.x, | |
6761 | pos.y, | |
6762 | false, | |
6763 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6764 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6765 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6766 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6767 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6768 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6769 | } | |
6770 | else | |
6771 | { | |
6772 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6773 | type, | |
6774 | this, | |
6775 | row, col, | |
6776 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6777 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6778 | false, | |
6779 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6780 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6781 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6782 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6783 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6784 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6785 | } | |
6786 | ||
6787 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6788 | if (vetoed) | |
6789 | return -1; | |
6790 | ||
6791 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6792 | } | |
6793 | ||
6794 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
6795 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
6796 | // | |
6797 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
6798 | int row, int col ) | |
6799 | { | |
6800 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6801 | ||
6802 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6803 | { | |
6804 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6805 | ||
6806 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol ); | |
6807 | ||
6808 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6809 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6810 | } | |
6811 | else | |
6812 | { | |
6813 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); | |
6814 | ||
6815 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6816 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6817 | } | |
6818 | ||
6819 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6820 | if (vetoed) | |
6821 | return -1; | |
6822 | ||
6823 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6824 | } | |
6825 | ||
6826 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
6827 | { | |
6828 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
6829 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
6830 | } | |
6831 | ||
6832 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
6833 | { | |
6834 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
6835 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
6836 | if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6837 | { | |
6838 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
6839 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); | |
6840 | ||
6841 | if (rect) | |
6842 | { | |
6843 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
6844 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
6845 | int x, y; | |
6846 | ||
6847 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
6848 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
6849 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
6850 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
6851 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
6852 | ||
6853 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
6854 | if (width_label > rectWidth) | |
6855 | width_label = rectWidth; | |
6856 | ||
6857 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
6858 | if (height_label > rectHeight) | |
6859 | height_label = rectHeight; | |
6860 | ||
6861 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
6862 | { | |
6863 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6864 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
6865 | } | |
6866 | else | |
6867 | { | |
6868 | x = 0; | |
6869 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
6870 | } | |
6871 | ||
6872 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
6873 | { | |
6874 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
6875 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
6876 | } | |
6877 | else | |
6878 | { | |
6879 | y = 0; | |
6880 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
6881 | } | |
6882 | ||
6883 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
6884 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6885 | { | |
6886 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
6887 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6888 | } | |
6889 | ||
6890 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
6891 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6892 | { | |
6893 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
6894 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6895 | } | |
6896 | ||
6897 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
6898 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6899 | { | |
6900 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
6901 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6902 | } | |
6903 | ||
6904 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
6905 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6906 | { | |
6907 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
6908 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6909 | } | |
6910 | } | |
6911 | else | |
6912 | { | |
6913 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6914 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6915 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6916 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6917 | } | |
6918 | } | |
6919 | } | |
6920 | ||
6921 | void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
6922 | { | |
6923 | if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done | |
6924 | { | |
6925 | // update our children window positions and scrollbars | |
6926 | CalcDimensions(); | |
6927 | } | |
6928 | } | |
6929 | ||
6930 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6931 | { | |
6932 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
6933 | { | |
6934 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
6935 | // | |
6936 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
6937 | } | |
6938 | ||
6939 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; | |
6940 | ||
6941 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
6942 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
6943 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
6944 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
6945 | ||
6946 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
6947 | { | |
6948 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
6949 | { | |
6950 | if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) | |
6951 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; | |
6952 | else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) | |
6953 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; | |
6954 | } | |
6955 | ||
6956 | // try local handlers | |
6957 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
6958 | { | |
6959 | case WXK_UP: | |
6960 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6961 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6962 | else | |
6963 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6964 | break; | |
6965 | ||
6966 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
6967 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6968 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6969 | else | |
6970 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6971 | break; | |
6972 | ||
6973 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
6974 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6975 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6976 | else | |
6977 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6978 | break; | |
6979 | ||
6980 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
6981 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6982 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6983 | else | |
6984 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6985 | break; | |
6986 | ||
6987 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
6988 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
6989 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6990 | { | |
6991 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
6992 | } | |
6993 | else | |
6994 | { | |
6995 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
6996 | { | |
6997 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6998 | } | |
6999 | else | |
7000 | { | |
7001 | // at the bottom of a column | |
7002 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7003 | } | |
7004 | } | |
7005 | break; | |
7006 | ||
7007 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
7008 | ClearSelection(); | |
7009 | break; | |
7010 | ||
7011 | case WXK_TAB: | |
7012 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
7013 | { | |
7014 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
7015 | { | |
7016 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); | |
7017 | } | |
7018 | else | |
7019 | { | |
7020 | // at left of grid | |
7021 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7022 | } | |
7023 | } | |
7024 | else | |
7025 | { | |
7026 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) | |
7027 | { | |
7028 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
7029 | } | |
7030 | else | |
7031 | { | |
7032 | // at right of grid | |
7033 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7034 | } | |
7035 | } | |
7036 | break; | |
7037 | ||
7038 | case WXK_HOME: | |
7039 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7040 | { | |
7041 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
7042 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
7043 | } | |
7044 | else | |
7045 | { | |
7046 | event.Skip(); | |
7047 | } | |
7048 | break; | |
7049 | ||
7050 | case WXK_END: | |
7051 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7052 | { | |
7053 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
7054 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
7055 | } | |
7056 | else | |
7057 | { | |
7058 | event.Skip(); | |
7059 | } | |
7060 | break; | |
7061 | ||
7062 | case WXK_PAGEUP: | |
7063 | MovePageUp(); | |
7064 | break; | |
7065 | ||
7066 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
7067 | MovePageDown(); | |
7068 | break; | |
7069 | ||
7070 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
7071 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7072 | { | |
7073 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7074 | { | |
7075 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( | |
7076 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7077 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
7078 | event.ControlDown(), | |
7079 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
7080 | event.AltDown(), | |
7081 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
7082 | } | |
7083 | break; | |
7084 | } | |
7085 | ||
7086 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
7087 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
7088 | else | |
7089 | event.Skip(); | |
7090 | break; | |
7091 | ||
7092 | default: | |
7093 | event.Skip(); | |
7094 | break; | |
7095 | } | |
7096 | } | |
7097 | ||
7098 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
7099 | } | |
7100 | ||
7101 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7102 | { | |
7103 | // try local handlers | |
7104 | // | |
7105 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
7106 | { | |
7107 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7108 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7109 | { | |
7110 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7111 | { | |
7112 | m_selection->SelectBlock( | |
7113 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
7114 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
7115 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
7116 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
7117 | event.ControlDown(), | |
7118 | true, | |
7119 | event.AltDown(), | |
7120 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
7121 | } | |
7122 | } | |
7123 | ||
7124 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7125 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7126 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7127 | } | |
7128 | } | |
7129 | ||
7130 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7131 | { | |
7132 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
7133 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
7134 | { | |
7135 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
7136 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7137 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7138 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7139 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7140 | ||
7141 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
7142 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
7143 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
7144 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
7145 | { | |
7146 | // ensure cell is visble | |
7147 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
7148 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
7149 | ||
7150 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
7151 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
7152 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
7153 | // crash the app | |
7154 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
7155 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
7156 | } | |
7157 | else | |
7158 | { | |
7159 | event.Skip(); | |
7160 | } | |
7161 | ||
7162 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7163 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7164 | } | |
7165 | else | |
7166 | { | |
7167 | event.Skip(); | |
7168 | } | |
7169 | } | |
7170 | ||
7171 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
7172 | { | |
7173 | } | |
7174 | ||
7175 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7176 | { | |
7177 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) | |
7178 | { | |
7179 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing | |
7180 | return; | |
7181 | } | |
7182 | ||
7183 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7184 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7185 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7186 | #endif | |
7187 | ||
7188 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7189 | { | |
7190 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7191 | ||
7192 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
7193 | { | |
7194 | wxRect r; | |
7195 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); | |
7196 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7197 | { | |
7198 | r.x--; | |
7199 | r.y--; | |
7200 | r.width++; | |
7201 | r.height++; | |
7202 | } | |
7203 | ||
7204 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
7205 | ||
7206 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
7207 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7208 | ||
7209 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7210 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */); | |
7211 | #else | |
7212 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); | |
7213 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
7214 | #endif | |
7215 | } | |
7216 | } | |
7217 | ||
7218 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7219 | ||
7220 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); | |
7221 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7222 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); | |
7223 | #endif | |
7224 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7225 | } | |
7226 | ||
7227 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
7228 | { | |
7229 | int temp; | |
7230 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
7231 | ||
7232 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7233 | { | |
7234 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
7235 | { | |
7236 | leftCol = 0; | |
7237 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
7238 | } | |
7239 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
7240 | { | |
7241 | topRow = 0; | |
7242 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
7243 | } | |
7244 | } | |
7245 | ||
7246 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
7247 | { | |
7248 | temp = topRow; | |
7249 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
7250 | bottomRow = temp; | |
7251 | } | |
7252 | ||
7253 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
7254 | { | |
7255 | temp = leftCol; | |
7256 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
7257 | rightCol = temp; | |
7258 | } | |
7259 | ||
7260 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
7261 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
7262 | ||
7263 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
7264 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
7265 | m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7266 | { | |
7267 | wxRect rect; | |
7268 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
7269 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
7270 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
7271 | } | |
7272 | ||
7273 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
7274 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
7275 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
7276 | { | |
7277 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
7278 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
7279 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
7280 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
7281 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
7282 | need_refresh[0] = | |
7283 | need_refresh[1] = | |
7284 | need_refresh[2] = | |
7285 | need_refresh[3] = false; | |
7286 | int i; | |
7287 | ||
7288 | // Store intermediate values | |
7289 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
7290 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
7291 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
7292 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
7293 | ||
7294 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
7295 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
7296 | { | |
7297 | temp = oldLeft; | |
7298 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
7299 | leftCol = temp; | |
7300 | } | |
7301 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
7302 | { | |
7303 | temp = oldTop; | |
7304 | oldTop = topRow; | |
7305 | topRow = temp; | |
7306 | } | |
7307 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
7308 | { | |
7309 | temp = oldRight; | |
7310 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
7311 | rightCol = temp; | |
7312 | } | |
7313 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
7314 | { | |
7315 | temp = oldBottom; | |
7316 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
7317 | bottomRow = temp; | |
7318 | } | |
7319 | ||
7320 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
7321 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
7322 | // is contained in the other. | |
7323 | ||
7324 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
7325 | { | |
7326 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7327 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
7328 | need_refresh[0] = true; | |
7329 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7330 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), | |
7331 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
7332 | } | |
7333 | ||
7334 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
7335 | { | |
7336 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7337 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
7338 | need_refresh[1] = true; | |
7339 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7340 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), | |
7341 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); | |
7342 | } | |
7343 | ||
7344 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
7345 | { | |
7346 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7347 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
7348 | need_refresh[2] = true; | |
7349 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7350 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), | |
7351 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); | |
7352 | } | |
7353 | ||
7354 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
7355 | { | |
7356 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7357 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
7358 | need_refresh[3] = true; | |
7359 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7360 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), | |
7361 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); | |
7362 | } | |
7363 | ||
7364 | // various Refresh() calls | |
7365 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
7366 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
7367 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); | |
7368 | } | |
7369 | ||
7370 | // change selection | |
7371 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
7372 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
7373 | } | |
7374 | ||
7375 | // | |
7376 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
7377 | // | |
7378 | ||
7379 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
7380 | { | |
7381 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7382 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7383 | ||
7384 | if ( m_table ) | |
7385 | { | |
7386 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
7387 | // | |
7388 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7389 | return true; | |
7390 | } | |
7391 | ||
7392 | return false; | |
7393 | } | |
7394 | ||
7395 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
7396 | { | |
7397 | int row, col; | |
7398 | ||
7399 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7400 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
7401 | // I think so ... | |
7402 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7403 | ||
7404 | if ( m_table ) | |
7405 | { | |
7406 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
7407 | { | |
7408 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
7409 | { | |
7410 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
7411 | } | |
7412 | } | |
7413 | ||
7414 | return true; | |
7415 | } | |
7416 | ||
7417 | return false; | |
7418 | } | |
7419 | ||
7420 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
7421 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
7422 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
7423 | // | |
7424 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
7425 | { | |
7426 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7427 | return; | |
7428 | ||
7429 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
7430 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7431 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
7432 | ||
7433 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7434 | { | |
7435 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
7436 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
7437 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7438 | ||
7439 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
7440 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
7441 | { | |
7442 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); | |
7443 | bool marked = false; | |
7444 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
7445 | { | |
7446 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
7447 | { | |
7448 | marked = true; | |
7449 | break; | |
7450 | } | |
7451 | } | |
7452 | ||
7453 | if (!marked) | |
7454 | { | |
7455 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7456 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
7457 | { | |
7458 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
7459 | { | |
7460 | marked = true; | |
7461 | break; | |
7462 | } | |
7463 | } | |
7464 | ||
7465 | if (!marked) | |
7466 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7467 | } | |
7468 | ||
7469 | // don't bother drawing this cell | |
7470 | continue; | |
7471 | } | |
7472 | ||
7473 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
7474 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
7475 | { | |
7476 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
7477 | { | |
7478 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint | |
7479 | int left = col; | |
7480 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
7481 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
7482 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
7483 | { | |
7484 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
7485 | } | |
7486 | ||
7487 | if (left == col) | |
7488 | left = 0; // oh well | |
7489 | ||
7490 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) | |
7491 | { | |
7492 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) | |
7493 | { | |
7494 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) | |
7495 | { | |
7496 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); | |
7497 | bool marked = false; | |
7498 | ||
7499 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
7500 | { | |
7501 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
7502 | { | |
7503 | marked = true; | |
7504 | break; | |
7505 | } | |
7506 | } | |
7507 | ||
7508 | if (!marked) | |
7509 | { | |
7510 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7511 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
7512 | { | |
7513 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
7514 | { | |
7515 | marked = true; | |
7516 | break; | |
7517 | } | |
7518 | } | |
7519 | if (!marked) | |
7520 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7521 | } | |
7522 | } | |
7523 | break; | |
7524 | } | |
7525 | } | |
7526 | } | |
7527 | } | |
7528 | ||
7529 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
7530 | } | |
7531 | ||
7532 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7533 | ||
7534 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7535 | { | |
7536 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
7537 | } | |
7538 | } | |
7539 | ||
7540 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
7541 | { | |
7542 | int cw, ch; | |
7543 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7544 | ||
7545 | int right, bottom; | |
7546 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7547 | ||
7548 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; | |
7549 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
7550 | ||
7551 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7552 | { | |
7553 | int left, top; | |
7554 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7555 | ||
7556 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) ); | |
7557 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
7558 | ||
7559 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
7560 | { | |
7561 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); | |
7562 | } | |
7563 | ||
7564 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7565 | { | |
7566 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); | |
7567 | } | |
7568 | } | |
7569 | } | |
7570 | ||
7571 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7572 | { | |
7573 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7574 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7575 | ||
7576 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7577 | return; | |
7578 | ||
7579 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
7580 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
7581 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7582 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
7583 | #endif | |
7584 | ||
7585 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7586 | ||
7587 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
7588 | ||
7589 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7590 | ||
7591 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
7592 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
7593 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7594 | { | |
7595 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the | |
7596 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. | |
7597 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered | |
7598 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. | |
7599 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7600 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7601 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
7602 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7603 | #endif | |
7604 | } | |
7605 | else | |
7606 | { | |
7607 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized | |
7608 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7609 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
7610 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7611 | } | |
7612 | ||
7613 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7614 | } | |
7615 | ||
7616 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
7617 | { | |
7618 | // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus | |
7619 | if ( !HasFocus() ) | |
7620 | return; | |
7621 | ||
7622 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7623 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7624 | ||
7625 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7626 | return; | |
7627 | ||
7628 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7629 | ||
7630 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
7631 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
7632 | // it doesn't look really good | |
7633 | ||
7634 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
7635 | ||
7636 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
7637 | { | |
7638 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
7639 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the | |
7640 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of | |
7641 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then | |
7642 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
7643 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; | |
7644 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; | |
7645 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; | |
7646 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; | |
7647 | ||
7648 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
7649 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
7650 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
7651 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID)); | |
7652 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
7653 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
7654 | } | |
7655 | ||
7656 | #if 0 | |
7657 | // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders... | |
7658 | ||
7659 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
7660 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
7661 | y1 = rect.y, | |
7662 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1, | |
7663 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
7664 | ||
7665 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
7666 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
7667 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
7668 | ||
7669 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
7670 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2); | |
7671 | ||
7672 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
7673 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
7674 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1); | |
7675 | #endif | |
7676 | } | |
7677 | ||
7678 | wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() | |
7679 | { | |
7680 | return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID); | |
7681 | } | |
7682 | ||
7683 | wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) | |
7684 | { | |
7685 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
7686 | } | |
7687 | ||
7688 | wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
7689 | { | |
7690 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
7691 | } | |
7692 | ||
7693 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7694 | { | |
7695 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7696 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7697 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7698 | return; | |
7699 | ||
7700 | ||
7701 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7702 | ||
7703 | // right hand border | |
7704 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); | |
7705 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
7706 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
7707 | ||
7708 | // bottom border | |
7709 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); | |
7710 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
7711 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
7712 | } | |
7713 | ||
7714 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
7715 | { | |
7716 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
7717 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
7718 | // | |
7719 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7720 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
7721 | { | |
7722 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
7723 | } | |
7724 | ||
7725 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7726 | { | |
7727 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
7728 | return; | |
7729 | } | |
7730 | ||
7731 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
7732 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
7733 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
7734 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
7735 | { | |
7736 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
7737 | { | |
7738 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7739 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
7740 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7741 | ||
7742 | break; | |
7743 | } | |
7744 | } | |
7745 | } | |
7746 | ||
7747 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
7748 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
7749 | // has been changed | |
7750 | // | |
7751 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
7752 | { | |
7753 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
7754 | return; | |
7755 | #endif | |
7756 | ||
7757 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7758 | return; | |
7759 | ||
7760 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
7761 | ||
7762 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
7763 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
7764 | { | |
7765 | int cw, ch; | |
7766 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7767 | ||
7768 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
7769 | // | |
7770 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7771 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7772 | } | |
7773 | else | |
7774 | { | |
7775 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
7776 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
7777 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
7778 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
7779 | } | |
7780 | #else | |
7781 | int cw, ch; | |
7782 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7783 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7784 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7785 | #endif | |
7786 | ||
7787 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
7788 | // | |
7789 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) ); | |
7790 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
7791 | ||
7792 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
7793 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); | |
7794 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
7795 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); | |
7796 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
7797 | ||
7798 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
7799 | ||
7800 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7801 | wxRect rect; | |
7802 | ||
7803 | for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++) | |
7804 | { | |
7805 | int colPos; | |
7806 | for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++) | |
7807 | { | |
7808 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
7809 | ||
7810 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7811 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7812 | { | |
7813 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
7814 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7815 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7816 | } | |
7817 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
7818 | { | |
7819 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
7820 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7821 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7822 | } | |
7823 | } | |
7824 | } | |
7825 | ||
7826 | dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
7827 | ||
7828 | ||
7829 | // horizontal grid lines | |
7830 | // | |
7831 | // already declared above - int i; | |
7832 | for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
7833 | { | |
7834 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
7835 | ||
7836 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
7837 | { | |
7838 | break; | |
7839 | } | |
7840 | ||
7841 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
7842 | { | |
7843 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); | |
7844 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
7845 | } | |
7846 | } | |
7847 | ||
7848 | // vertical grid lines | |
7849 | // | |
7850 | int colPos; | |
7851 | for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
7852 | { | |
7853 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
7854 | ||
7855 | int colRight = GetColRight(i); | |
7856 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
7857 | if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
7858 | #endif | |
7859 | colRight--; | |
7860 | ||
7861 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
7862 | { | |
7863 | break; | |
7864 | } | |
7865 | ||
7866 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
7867 | { | |
7868 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); | |
7869 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
7870 | } | |
7871 | } | |
7872 | ||
7873 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
7874 | } | |
7875 | ||
7876 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
7877 | { | |
7878 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
7879 | return; | |
7880 | ||
7881 | size_t i; | |
7882 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
7883 | ||
7884 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7885 | { | |
7886 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
7887 | } | |
7888 | } | |
7889 | ||
7890 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
7891 | { | |
7892 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) | |
7893 | return; | |
7894 | ||
7895 | wxRect rect; | |
7896 | ||
7897 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
7898 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
7899 | ||
7900 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) ); | |
7901 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom ); | |
7902 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
7903 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); | |
7904 | ||
7905 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7906 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); | |
7907 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop ); | |
7908 | ||
7909 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
7910 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7911 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7912 | ||
7913 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
7914 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7915 | ||
7916 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
7917 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
7918 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
7919 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
7920 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
7921 | } | |
7922 | ||
7923 | void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native ) | |
7924 | { | |
7925 | m_nativeColumnLabels = native; | |
7926 | if (native) | |
7927 | { | |
7928 | int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this ); | |
7929 | SetColLabelSize( height ); | |
7930 | } | |
7931 | ||
7932 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7933 | } | |
7934 | ||
7935 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
7936 | { | |
7937 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
7938 | return; | |
7939 | ||
7940 | size_t i; | |
7941 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
7942 | ||
7943 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7944 | { | |
7945 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
7946 | } | |
7947 | } | |
7948 | ||
7949 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
7950 | { | |
7951 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) | |
7952 | return; | |
7953 | ||
7954 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); | |
7955 | ||
7956 | wxRect rect; | |
7957 | ||
7958 | if (m_nativeColumnLabels) | |
7959 | { | |
7960 | rect.SetX( colLeft); | |
7961 | rect.SetY( 0 ); | |
7962 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col)); | |
7963 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight ); | |
7964 | ||
7965 | wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc; | |
7966 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 ); | |
7967 | } | |
7968 | else | |
7969 | { | |
7970 | int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
7971 | ||
7972 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) ); | |
7973 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7974 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
7975 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
7976 | colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7977 | ||
7978 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7979 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7980 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
7981 | } | |
7982 | ||
7983 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
7984 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7985 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7986 | ||
7987 | int hAlign, vAlign, orient; | |
7988 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7989 | orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
7990 | ||
7991 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
7992 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
7993 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
7994 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
7995 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient ); | |
7996 | } | |
7997 | ||
7998 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
7999 | const wxString& value, | |
8000 | const wxRect& rect, | |
8001 | int horizAlign, | |
8002 | int vertAlign, | |
8003 | int textOrientation ) | |
8004 | { | |
8005 | wxArrayString lines; | |
8006 | ||
8007 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
8008 | ||
8009 | // Forward to new API. | |
8010 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, | |
8011 | lines, | |
8012 | rect, | |
8013 | horizAlign, | |
8014 | vertAlign, | |
8015 | textOrientation ); | |
8016 | } | |
8017 | ||
8018 | // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to | |
8019 | // add textOrientation support | |
8020 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, | |
8021 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
8022 | const wxRect& rect, | |
8023 | int horizAlign, | |
8024 | int vertAlign, | |
8025 | int textOrientation) | |
8026 | { | |
8027 | if ( lines.empty() ) | |
8028 | return; | |
8029 | ||
8030 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); | |
8031 | ||
8032 | long textWidth, | |
8033 | textHeight; | |
8034 | ||
8035 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8036 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
8037 | else | |
8038 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
8039 | ||
8040 | int x = 0, | |
8041 | y = 0; | |
8042 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
8043 | { | |
8044 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
8045 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8046 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
8047 | else | |
8048 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
8049 | break; | |
8050 | ||
8051 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
8052 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8053 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); | |
8054 | else | |
8055 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); | |
8056 | break; | |
8057 | ||
8058 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
8059 | default: | |
8060 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8061 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
8062 | else | |
8063 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
8064 | break; | |
8065 | } | |
8066 | ||
8067 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
8068 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
8069 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
8070 | { | |
8071 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; | |
8072 | ||
8073 | if ( line.empty() ) | |
8074 | { | |
8075 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); | |
8076 | continue; | |
8077 | } | |
8078 | ||
8079 | wxCoord lineWidth = 0, | |
8080 | lineHeight = 0; | |
8081 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
8082 | ||
8083 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
8084 | { | |
8085 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
8086 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8087 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
8088 | else | |
8089 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
8090 | break; | |
8091 | ||
8092 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
8093 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8094 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); | |
8095 | else | |
8096 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); | |
8097 | break; | |
8098 | ||
8099 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
8100 | default: | |
8101 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8102 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
8103 | else | |
8104 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
8105 | break; | |
8106 | } | |
8107 | ||
8108 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8109 | { | |
8110 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); | |
8111 | y += lineHeight; | |
8112 | } | |
8113 | else | |
8114 | { | |
8115 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); | |
8116 | x += lineHeight; | |
8117 | } | |
8118 | } | |
8119 | } | |
8120 | ||
8121 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. | |
8122 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. | |
8123 | // | |
8124 | // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here | |
8125 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const | |
8126 | { | |
8127 | int startPos = 0; | |
8128 | int pos; | |
8129 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
8130 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
8131 | ||
8132 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
8133 | { | |
8134 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
8135 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
8136 | { | |
8137 | break; | |
8138 | } | |
8139 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
8140 | { | |
8141 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
8142 | } | |
8143 | else | |
8144 | { | |
8145 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
8146 | } | |
8147 | ||
8148 | startPos += pos + 1; | |
8149 | } | |
8150 | ||
8151 | if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
8152 | { | |
8153 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
8154 | } | |
8155 | } | |
8156 | ||
8157 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, | |
8158 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
8159 | long *width, long *height ) const | |
8160 | { | |
8161 | wxCoord w = 0; | |
8162 | wxCoord h = 0; | |
8163 | wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0; | |
8164 | ||
8165 | size_t i; | |
8166 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
8167 | { | |
8168 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
8169 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
8170 | h += lineH; | |
8171 | } | |
8172 | ||
8173 | *width = w; | |
8174 | *height = h; | |
8175 | } | |
8176 | ||
8177 | // | |
8178 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
8179 | // | |
8180 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
8181 | { | |
8182 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
8183 | { | |
8184 | m_batchCount--; | |
8185 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
8186 | { | |
8187 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8188 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8189 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8190 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8191 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8192 | } | |
8193 | } | |
8194 | } | |
8195 | ||
8196 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
8197 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
8198 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
8199 | // | |
8200 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
8201 | { | |
8202 | BeginBatch(); | |
8203 | EndBatch(); | |
8204 | } | |
8205 | ||
8206 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) | |
8207 | { | |
8208 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) | |
8209 | return false; | |
8210 | ||
8211 | // redraw in the new state | |
8212 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8213 | ||
8214 | return true; | |
8215 | } | |
8216 | ||
8217 | // | |
8218 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
8219 | // | |
8220 | ||
8221 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
8222 | { | |
8223 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
8224 | // | |
8225 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
8226 | { | |
8227 | if (!edit) | |
8228 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
8229 | m_editable = edit; | |
8230 | } | |
8231 | } | |
8232 | ||
8233 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
8234 | { | |
8235 | if (! m_editable) | |
8236 | return; | |
8237 | ||
8238 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8239 | { | |
8240 | if ( enable ) | |
8241 | { | |
8242 | if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0) | |
8243 | return; | |
8244 | ||
8245 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
8246 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
8247 | ||
8248 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
8249 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8250 | ||
8251 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
8252 | } | |
8253 | else | |
8254 | { | |
8255 | //FIXME:add veto support | |
8256 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN ); | |
8257 | ||
8258 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8259 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
8260 | ||
8261 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
8262 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8263 | } | |
8264 | } | |
8265 | } | |
8266 | ||
8267 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
8268 | { | |
8269 | // const_cast | |
8270 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
8271 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
8272 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8273 | ||
8274 | return readonly; | |
8275 | } | |
8276 | ||
8277 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
8278 | { | |
8279 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && | |
8280 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
8281 | } | |
8282 | ||
8283 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
8284 | { | |
8285 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
8286 | // current one if it's read only | |
8287 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; | |
8288 | } | |
8289 | ||
8290 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
8291 | { | |
8292 | bool isShown = false; | |
8293 | ||
8294 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8295 | { | |
8296 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8297 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8298 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8299 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
8300 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8301 | ||
8302 | if ( editor ) | |
8303 | { | |
8304 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8305 | { | |
8306 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
8307 | } | |
8308 | ||
8309 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8310 | } | |
8311 | } | |
8312 | ||
8313 | return isShown; | |
8314 | } | |
8315 | ||
8316 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
8317 | { | |
8318 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8319 | { | |
8320 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
8321 | { | |
8322 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
8323 | return; | |
8324 | } | |
8325 | else | |
8326 | { | |
8327 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
8328 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8329 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8330 | ||
8331 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
8332 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8333 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8334 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
8335 | { | |
8336 | row += cell_rows; | |
8337 | col += cell_cols; | |
8338 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
8339 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
8340 | } | |
8341 | ||
8342 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
8343 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
8344 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8345 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8346 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8347 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID)); | |
8348 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
8349 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
8350 | ||
8351 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
8352 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8353 | ||
8354 | int nXMove = 0; | |
8355 | if (rect.x < 0) | |
8356 | nXMove = rect.x; | |
8357 | ||
8358 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
8359 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
8360 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
8361 | // "don't change." | |
8362 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
8363 | rect.x--; | |
8364 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
8365 | rect.y--; | |
8366 | ||
8367 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8368 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8369 | { | |
8370 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, | |
8371 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
8372 | ||
8373 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
8374 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
8375 | this, | |
8376 | row, | |
8377 | col, | |
8378 | editor->GetControl()); | |
8379 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
8380 | } | |
8381 | ||
8382 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
8383 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8384 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8385 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
8386 | { | |
8387 | int y; | |
8388 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
8389 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) | |
8390 | maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8391 | } | |
8392 | ||
8393 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
8394 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) | |
8395 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
8396 | ||
8397 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
8398 | { | |
8399 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8400 | // may have changed earlier | |
8401 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
8402 | { | |
8403 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
8404 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
8405 | ||
8406 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
8407 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && | |
8408 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
8409 | { | |
8410 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); | |
8411 | } | |
8412 | else | |
8413 | break; | |
8414 | } | |
8415 | ||
8416 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
8417 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); | |
8418 | } | |
8419 | ||
8420 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); | |
8421 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
8422 | if (nXMove != 0) | |
8423 | editor->GetControl()->Move( | |
8424 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, | |
8425 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); | |
8426 | editor->Show( true, attr ); | |
8427 | ||
8428 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
8429 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
8430 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8431 | ||
8432 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
8433 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
8434 | ||
8435 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8436 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8437 | } | |
8438 | } | |
8439 | } | |
8440 | ||
8441 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
8442 | { | |
8443 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8444 | { | |
8445 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8446 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8447 | ||
8448 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8449 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8450 | editor->Show( false ); | |
8451 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8452 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8453 | ||
8454 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
8455 | ||
8456 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
8457 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
8458 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8459 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
8460 | ||
8461 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
8462 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well | |
8463 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); | |
8464 | #endif | |
8465 | ||
8466 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
8467 | } | |
8468 | } | |
8469 | ||
8470 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
8471 | { | |
8472 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8473 | { | |
8474 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8475 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8476 | ||
8477 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8478 | ||
8479 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8480 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8481 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
8482 | ||
8483 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8484 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8485 | ||
8486 | if (changed) | |
8487 | { | |
8488 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
8489 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
8490 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) | |
8491 | { | |
8492 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
8493 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); | |
8494 | } | |
8495 | } | |
8496 | } | |
8497 | } | |
8498 | ||
8499 | // | |
8500 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
8501 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
8502 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
8503 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
8504 | // | |
8505 | ||
8506 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const | |
8507 | { | |
8508 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
8509 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
8510 | ||
8511 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
8512 | { | |
8513 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8514 | } | |
8515 | else | |
8516 | { | |
8517 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
8518 | } | |
8519 | } | |
8520 | ||
8521 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
8522 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
8523 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
8524 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
8525 | ||
8526 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
8527 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
8528 | bool clipToMinMax) | |
8529 | { | |
8530 | if (coord < 0) | |
8531 | return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1; | |
8532 | ||
8533 | if (!defaultDist) | |
8534 | defaultDist = 1; | |
8535 | ||
8536 | size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist, | |
8537 | i_min = 0; | |
8538 | ||
8539 | if (BorderArray.IsEmpty()) | |
8540 | { | |
8541 | if ((int) i_max < nMax) | |
8542 | return i_max; | |
8543 | return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1; | |
8544 | } | |
8545 | ||
8546 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
8547 | { | |
8548 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8549 | } | |
8550 | else | |
8551 | { | |
8552 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
8553 | { | |
8554 | i_min = i_max; | |
8555 | if (minDist) | |
8556 | i_max = coord / minDist; | |
8557 | else | |
8558 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8559 | } | |
8560 | ||
8561 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
8562 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8563 | } | |
8564 | ||
8565 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
8566 | return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1; | |
8567 | if ( coord < BorderArray[0] ) | |
8568 | return 0; | |
8569 | ||
8570 | while ( i_max - i_min > 0 ) | |
8571 | { | |
8572 | wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max], | |
8573 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol")); | |
8574 | if (coord >= BorderArray[ i_max - 1]) | |
8575 | return i_max; | |
8576 | else | |
8577 | i_max--; | |
8578 | int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2; | |
8579 | if (coord < BorderArray[median]) | |
8580 | i_max = median; | |
8581 | else | |
8582 | i_min = median; | |
8583 | } | |
8584 | ||
8585 | return i_max; | |
8586 | } | |
8587 | ||
8588 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const | |
8589 | { | |
8590 | return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, | |
8591 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false); | |
8592 | } | |
8593 | ||
8594 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const | |
8595 | { | |
8596 | if (x < 0) | |
8597 | return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1; | |
8598 | ||
8599 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero")); | |
8600 | ||
8601 | int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth; | |
8602 | int minPos = 0; | |
8603 | ||
8604 | if (m_colRights.IsEmpty()) | |
8605 | { | |
8606 | if(maxPos < m_numCols) | |
8607 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8608 | return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1; | |
8609 | } | |
8610 | ||
8611 | if ( maxPos >= m_numCols) | |
8612 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8613 | else | |
8614 | { | |
8615 | if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )]) | |
8616 | { | |
8617 | minPos = maxPos; | |
8618 | if (m_minAcceptableColWidth) | |
8619 | maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
8620 | else | |
8621 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8622 | } | |
8623 | if ( maxPos >= m_numCols) | |
8624 | maxPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
8625 | } | |
8626 | ||
8627 | //X is beyond the last column | |
8628 | if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )]) | |
8629 | return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1; | |
8630 | ||
8631 | //X is before the first column | |
8632 | if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] ) | |
8633 | return GetColAt( 0 ); | |
8634 | ||
8635 | //Perform a binary search | |
8636 | while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 ) | |
8637 | { | |
8638 | wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )], | |
8639 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol")); | |
8640 | ||
8641 | if (x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )]) | |
8642 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8643 | else | |
8644 | maxPos--; | |
8645 | int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; | |
8646 | if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )]) | |
8647 | maxPos = median; | |
8648 | else | |
8649 | minPos = median; | |
8650 | } | |
8651 | return GetColAt( maxPos ); | |
8652 | } | |
8653 | ||
8654 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near | |
8655 | // the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge. | |
8656 | // coords can only possibly be near an edge if | |
8657 | // (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area | |
8658 | // that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller | |
8659 | // than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be | |
8660 | // near the edge). | |
8661 | // and | |
8662 | // (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is | |
8663 | // relevant at all) is enabled. | |
8664 | // | |
8665 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const | |
8666 | { | |
8667 | int i; | |
8668 | i = internalYToRow(y); | |
8669 | ||
8670 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() ) | |
8671 | { | |
8672 | // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are | |
8673 | // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively. | |
8674 | if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8675 | return i; | |
8676 | else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8677 | return i - 1; | |
8678 | } | |
8679 | ||
8680 | return -1; | |
8681 | } | |
8682 | ||
8683 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
8684 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
8685 | // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection. | |
8686 | // | |
8687 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const | |
8688 | { | |
8689 | int i; | |
8690 | i = internalXToCol(x); | |
8691 | ||
8692 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() ) | |
8693 | { | |
8694 | // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are | |
8695 | // close enough to right or left border, respectively. | |
8696 | if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8697 | return i; | |
8698 | else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8699 | return i - 1; | |
8700 | } | |
8701 | ||
8702 | return -1; | |
8703 | } | |
8704 | ||
8705 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const | |
8706 | { | |
8707 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
8708 | ||
8709 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8710 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8711 | { | |
8712 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8713 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
8714 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8715 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
8716 | if (cell_rows < 0) | |
8717 | row += cell_rows; | |
8718 | if (cell_cols < 0) | |
8719 | col += cell_cols; | |
8720 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8721 | ||
8722 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
8723 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8724 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
8725 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
8726 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) | |
8727 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
8728 | } | |
8729 | ||
8730 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
8731 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) | |
8732 | { | |
8733 | rect.width -= 1; | |
8734 | rect.height -= 1; | |
8735 | } | |
8736 | ||
8737 | return rect; | |
8738 | } | |
8739 | ||
8740 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const | |
8741 | { | |
8742 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8743 | // | |
8744 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8745 | ||
8746 | // convert to device coords | |
8747 | // | |
8748 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8749 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8750 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8751 | ||
8752 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
8753 | int cw, ch; | |
8754 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8755 | ||
8756 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
8757 | { | |
8758 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
8759 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
8760 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
8761 | } | |
8762 | else | |
8763 | { | |
8764 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
8765 | // | |
8766 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
8767 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
8768 | } | |
8769 | } | |
8770 | ||
8771 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
8772 | // of scrolling | |
8773 | // | |
8774 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
8775 | { | |
8776 | int i; | |
8777 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
8778 | ||
8779 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8780 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8781 | { | |
8782 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8783 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8784 | ||
8785 | // convert to device coords | |
8786 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8787 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8788 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8789 | ||
8790 | int cw, ch; | |
8791 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8792 | ||
8793 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
8794 | { | |
8795 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8796 | } | |
8797 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
8798 | { | |
8799 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
8800 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8801 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
8802 | { | |
8803 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
8804 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
8805 | break; | |
8806 | ||
8807 | h += rowHeight; | |
8808 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
8809 | } | |
8810 | ||
8811 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
8812 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, | |
8813 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
8814 | // | |
8815 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, | |
8816 | // so just add a full scroll unit... | |
8817 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; | |
8818 | } | |
8819 | ||
8820 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! | |
8821 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between | |
8822 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! | |
8823 | // if ( left < 0 ) | |
8824 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) | |
8825 | { | |
8826 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
8827 | } | |
8828 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
8829 | { | |
8830 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
8831 | int x0, y0; | |
8832 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
8833 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
8834 | ||
8835 | // see comment for ypos above | |
8836 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; | |
8837 | } | |
8838 | ||
8839 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
8840 | { | |
8841 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
8842 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; | |
8843 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
8844 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; | |
8845 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
8846 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
8847 | } | |
8848 | } | |
8849 | } | |
8850 | ||
8851 | // | |
8852 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
8853 | // | |
8854 | ||
8855 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
8856 | { | |
8857 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8858 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) | |
8859 | { | |
8860 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8861 | { | |
8862 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8863 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8864 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8865 | { | |
8866 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
8867 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8868 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8869 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8870 | } | |
8871 | } | |
8872 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8873 | { | |
8874 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1; | |
8875 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8876 | ClearSelection(); | |
8877 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8878 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8879 | } | |
8880 | else | |
8881 | return false; | |
8882 | ||
8883 | return true; | |
8884 | } | |
8885 | ||
8886 | return false; | |
8887 | } | |
8888 | ||
8889 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
8890 | { | |
8891 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8892 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) | |
8893 | { | |
8894 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8895 | { | |
8896 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8897 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8898 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8899 | { | |
8900 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
8901 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8902 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8903 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8904 | } | |
8905 | } | |
8906 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8907 | { | |
8908 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1; | |
8909 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8910 | ClearSelection(); | |
8911 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8912 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8913 | } | |
8914 | else | |
8915 | return false; | |
8916 | ||
8917 | return true; | |
8918 | } | |
8919 | ||
8920 | return false; | |
8921 | } | |
8922 | ||
8923 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
8924 | { | |
8925 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8926 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) | |
8927 | { | |
8928 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8929 | { | |
8930 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8931 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8932 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
8933 | { | |
8934 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
8935 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8936 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8937 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8938 | } | |
8939 | } | |
8940 | else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 ) | |
8941 | { | |
8942 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8943 | int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 ); | |
8944 | ClearSelection(); | |
8945 | ||
8946 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8947 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8948 | } | |
8949 | else | |
8950 | return false; | |
8951 | ||
8952 | return true; | |
8953 | } | |
8954 | ||
8955 | return false; | |
8956 | } | |
8957 | ||
8958 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
8959 | { | |
8960 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8961 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) | |
8962 | { | |
8963 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8964 | { | |
8965 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8966 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8967 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8968 | { | |
8969 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
8970 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8971 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8972 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8973 | } | |
8974 | } | |
8975 | else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8976 | { | |
8977 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8978 | int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 ); | |
8979 | ClearSelection(); | |
8980 | ||
8981 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8982 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8983 | } | |
8984 | else | |
8985 | return false; | |
8986 | ||
8987 | return true; | |
8988 | } | |
8989 | ||
8990 | return false; | |
8991 | } | |
8992 | ||
8993 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
8994 | { | |
8995 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8996 | return false; | |
8997 | ||
8998 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8999 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
9000 | { | |
9001 | int cw, ch; | |
9002 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
9003 | ||
9004 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
9005 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
9006 | ||
9007 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
9008 | { | |
9009 | // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here. | |
9010 | newRow = row - 1; | |
9011 | } | |
9012 | ||
9013 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
9014 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
9015 | ||
9016 | return true; | |
9017 | } | |
9018 | ||
9019 | return false; | |
9020 | } | |
9021 | ||
9022 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
9023 | { | |
9024 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
9025 | return false; | |
9026 | ||
9027 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9028 | if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows ) | |
9029 | { | |
9030 | int cw, ch; | |
9031 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
9032 | ||
9033 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
9034 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch ); | |
9035 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
9036 | { | |
9037 | // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here. | |
9038 | newRow = row + 1; | |
9039 | } | |
9040 | ||
9041 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
9042 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
9043 | ||
9044 | return true; | |
9045 | } | |
9046 | ||
9047 | return false; | |
9048 | } | |
9049 | ||
9050 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9051 | { | |
9052 | if ( m_table && | |
9053 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9054 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
9055 | { | |
9056 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9057 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9058 | ||
9059 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9060 | { | |
9061 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9062 | // non-empty cells | |
9063 | // | |
9064 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
9065 | { | |
9066 | row--; | |
9067 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9068 | break; | |
9069 | } | |
9070 | } | |
9071 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) ) | |
9072 | { | |
9073 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
9074 | // | |
9075 | row--; | |
9076 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
9077 | { | |
9078 | row--; | |
9079 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9080 | break; | |
9081 | } | |
9082 | } | |
9083 | else | |
9084 | { | |
9085 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
9086 | // | |
9087 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
9088 | { | |
9089 | row--; | |
9090 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9091 | { | |
9092 | row++; | |
9093 | break; | |
9094 | } | |
9095 | } | |
9096 | } | |
9097 | ||
9098 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9099 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9100 | { | |
9101 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9102 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9103 | } | |
9104 | else | |
9105 | { | |
9106 | ClearSelection(); | |
9107 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9108 | } | |
9109 | ||
9110 | return true; | |
9111 | } | |
9112 | ||
9113 | return false; | |
9114 | } | |
9115 | ||
9116 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9117 | { | |
9118 | if ( m_table && | |
9119 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9120 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
9121 | { | |
9122 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9123 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9124 | ||
9125 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9126 | { | |
9127 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9128 | // non-empty cells | |
9129 | // | |
9130 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
9131 | { | |
9132 | row++; | |
9133 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9134 | break; | |
9135 | } | |
9136 | } | |
9137 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) ) | |
9138 | { | |
9139 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
9140 | // | |
9141 | row++; | |
9142 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
9143 | { | |
9144 | row++; | |
9145 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9146 | break; | |
9147 | } | |
9148 | } | |
9149 | else | |
9150 | { | |
9151 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
9152 | // | |
9153 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
9154 | { | |
9155 | row++; | |
9156 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9157 | { | |
9158 | row--; | |
9159 | break; | |
9160 | } | |
9161 | } | |
9162 | } | |
9163 | ||
9164 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9165 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9166 | { | |
9167 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9168 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9169 | } | |
9170 | else | |
9171 | { | |
9172 | ClearSelection(); | |
9173 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9174 | } | |
9175 | ||
9176 | return true; | |
9177 | } | |
9178 | ||
9179 | return false; | |
9180 | } | |
9181 | ||
9182 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9183 | { | |
9184 | if ( m_table && | |
9185 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9186 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
9187 | { | |
9188 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9189 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9190 | ||
9191 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9192 | { | |
9193 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9194 | // non-empty cells | |
9195 | // | |
9196 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9197 | { | |
9198 | col--; | |
9199 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9200 | break; | |
9201 | } | |
9202 | } | |
9203 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) ) | |
9204 | { | |
9205 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
9206 | // | |
9207 | col--; | |
9208 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9209 | { | |
9210 | col--; | |
9211 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9212 | break; | |
9213 | } | |
9214 | } | |
9215 | else | |
9216 | { | |
9217 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
9218 | // | |
9219 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
9220 | { | |
9221 | col--; | |
9222 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9223 | { | |
9224 | col++; | |
9225 | break; | |
9226 | } | |
9227 | } | |
9228 | } | |
9229 | ||
9230 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9231 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9232 | { | |
9233 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9234 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9235 | } | |
9236 | else | |
9237 | { | |
9238 | ClearSelection(); | |
9239 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9240 | } | |
9241 | ||
9242 | return true; | |
9243 | } | |
9244 | ||
9245 | return false; | |
9246 | } | |
9247 | ||
9248 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9249 | { | |
9250 | if ( m_table && | |
9251 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9252 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9253 | { | |
9254 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9255 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9256 | ||
9257 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9258 | { | |
9259 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
9260 | // non-empty cells | |
9261 | // | |
9262 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9263 | { | |
9264 | col++; | |
9265 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9266 | break; | |
9267 | } | |
9268 | } | |
9269 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) ) | |
9270 | { | |
9271 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
9272 | // | |
9273 | col++; | |
9274 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9275 | { | |
9276 | col++; | |
9277 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
9278 | break; | |
9279 | } | |
9280 | } | |
9281 | else | |
9282 | { | |
9283 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
9284 | // | |
9285 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
9286 | { | |
9287 | col++; | |
9288 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
9289 | { | |
9290 | col--; | |
9291 | break; | |
9292 | } | |
9293 | } | |
9294 | } | |
9295 | ||
9296 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
9297 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9298 | { | |
9299 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
9300 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
9301 | } | |
9302 | else | |
9303 | { | |
9304 | ClearSelection(); | |
9305 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
9306 | } | |
9307 | ||
9308 | return true; | |
9309 | } | |
9310 | ||
9311 | return false; | |
9312 | } | |
9313 | ||
9314 | // | |
9315 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
9316 | // | |
9317 | ||
9318 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9319 | { | |
9320 | if ( horiz ) | |
9321 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
9322 | if ( vert ) | |
9323 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
9324 | } | |
9325 | ||
9326 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9327 | { | |
9328 | if ( horiz ) | |
9329 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
9330 | if ( vert ) | |
9331 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
9332 | } | |
9333 | ||
9334 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const | |
9335 | { | |
9336 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
9337 | } | |
9338 | ||
9339 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const | |
9340 | { | |
9341 | if ( m_table ) | |
9342 | { | |
9343 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
9344 | } | |
9345 | else | |
9346 | { | |
9347 | wxString s; | |
9348 | s << row; | |
9349 | return s; | |
9350 | } | |
9351 | } | |
9352 | ||
9353 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const | |
9354 | { | |
9355 | if ( m_table ) | |
9356 | { | |
9357 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
9358 | } | |
9359 | else | |
9360 | { | |
9361 | wxString s; | |
9362 | s << col; | |
9363 | return s; | |
9364 | } | |
9365 | } | |
9366 | ||
9367 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
9368 | { | |
9369 | wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
9370 | ||
9371 | if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
9372 | { | |
9373 | width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW); | |
9374 | } | |
9375 | ||
9376 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
9377 | { | |
9378 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
9379 | { | |
9380 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9381 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9382 | } | |
9383 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
9384 | { | |
9385 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9386 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) | |
9387 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9388 | } | |
9389 | ||
9390 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
9391 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9392 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9393 | } | |
9394 | } | |
9395 | ||
9396 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
9397 | { | |
9398 | wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
9399 | ||
9400 | if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
9401 | { | |
9402 | height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN); | |
9403 | } | |
9404 | ||
9405 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
9406 | { | |
9407 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
9408 | { | |
9409 | m_colLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9410 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9411 | } | |
9412 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
9413 | { | |
9414 | m_colLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9415 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) | |
9416 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9417 | } | |
9418 | ||
9419 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
9420 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9421 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9422 | } | |
9423 | } | |
9424 | ||
9425 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9426 | { | |
9427 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
9428 | { | |
9429 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
9430 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9431 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9432 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9433 | ||
9434 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9435 | { | |
9436 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9437 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9438 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9439 | } | |
9440 | } | |
9441 | } | |
9442 | ||
9443 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9444 | { | |
9445 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
9446 | { | |
9447 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
9448 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9449 | { | |
9450 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9451 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9452 | } | |
9453 | } | |
9454 | } | |
9455 | ||
9456 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9457 | { | |
9458 | m_labelFont = font; | |
9459 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9460 | { | |
9461 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9462 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9463 | } | |
9464 | } | |
9465 | ||
9466 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9467 | { | |
9468 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9469 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9470 | { | |
9471 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9472 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9473 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9474 | } | |
9475 | ||
9476 | switch ( vert ) | |
9477 | { | |
9478 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9479 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9480 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9481 | } | |
9482 | ||
9483 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9484 | { | |
9485 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9486 | } | |
9487 | ||
9488 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9489 | { | |
9490 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9491 | } | |
9492 | ||
9493 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9494 | { | |
9495 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9496 | } | |
9497 | } | |
9498 | ||
9499 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9500 | { | |
9501 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9502 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9503 | { | |
9504 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9505 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9506 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9507 | } | |
9508 | ||
9509 | switch ( vert ) | |
9510 | { | |
9511 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9512 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9513 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9514 | } | |
9515 | ||
9516 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9517 | { | |
9518 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9519 | } | |
9520 | ||
9521 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9522 | { | |
9523 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9524 | } | |
9525 | ||
9526 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9527 | { | |
9528 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9529 | } | |
9530 | } | |
9531 | ||
9532 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
9533 | // does not support vertical printing | |
9534 | // | |
9535 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
9536 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
9537 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
9538 | // | |
9539 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
9540 | { | |
9541 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
9542 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
9543 | ||
9544 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9545 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9546 | } | |
9547 | ||
9548 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
9549 | { | |
9550 | if ( m_table ) | |
9551 | { | |
9552 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
9553 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9554 | { | |
9555 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); | |
9556 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
9557 | { | |
9558 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9559 | rect.x = 0; | |
9560 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
9561 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9562 | } | |
9563 | } | |
9564 | } | |
9565 | } | |
9566 | ||
9567 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
9568 | { | |
9569 | if ( m_table ) | |
9570 | { | |
9571 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
9572 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9573 | { | |
9574 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
9575 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
9576 | { | |
9577 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9578 | rect.y = 0; | |
9579 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
9580 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9581 | } | |
9582 | } | |
9583 | } | |
9584 | } | |
9585 | ||
9586 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9587 | { | |
9588 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
9589 | { | |
9590 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
9591 | ||
9592 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9593 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9594 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9595 | } | |
9596 | } | |
9597 | ||
9598 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9599 | { | |
9600 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
9601 | { | |
9602 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
9603 | ||
9604 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9605 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9606 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9607 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
9608 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9609 | } | |
9610 | } | |
9611 | ||
9612 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
9613 | { | |
9614 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) | |
9615 | { | |
9616 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
9617 | ||
9618 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9619 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9620 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9621 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9622 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9623 | return; | |
9624 | ||
9625 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9626 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9627 | } | |
9628 | } | |
9629 | ||
9630 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
9631 | { | |
9632 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) | |
9633 | { | |
9634 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
9635 | ||
9636 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9637 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9638 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9639 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9640 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || | |
9641 | GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9642 | return; | |
9643 | ||
9644 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9645 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9646 | } | |
9647 | } | |
9648 | ||
9649 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
9650 | { | |
9651 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
9652 | { | |
9653 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
9654 | ||
9655 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9656 | { | |
9657 | if ( enable ) | |
9658 | { | |
9659 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9660 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9661 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9662 | } | |
9663 | else | |
9664 | { | |
9665 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
9666 | } | |
9667 | } | |
9668 | } | |
9669 | } | |
9670 | ||
9671 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const | |
9672 | { | |
9673 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9674 | } | |
9675 | ||
9676 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const | |
9677 | { | |
9678 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
9679 | ||
9680 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
9681 | } | |
9682 | ||
9683 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const | |
9684 | { | |
9685 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
9686 | } | |
9687 | ||
9688 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const | |
9689 | { | |
9690 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
9691 | ||
9692 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
9693 | } | |
9694 | ||
9695 | // ============================================================================ | |
9696 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
9697 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
9698 | // ============================================================================ | |
9699 | ||
9700 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9701 | // setting default attributes | |
9702 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9703 | ||
9704 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9705 | { | |
9706 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9707 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
9708 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9709 | #endif | |
9710 | } | |
9711 | ||
9712 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9713 | { | |
9714 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
9715 | } | |
9716 | ||
9717 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9718 | { | |
9719 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9720 | } | |
9721 | ||
9722 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
9723 | { | |
9724 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9725 | } | |
9726 | ||
9727 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9728 | { | |
9729 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
9730 | } | |
9731 | ||
9732 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the | |
9733 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string | |
9734 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to | |
9735 | // work correctly. | |
9736 | ||
9737 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9738 | { | |
9739 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9740 | renderer, | |
9741 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); | |
9742 | } | |
9743 | ||
9744 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
9745 | { | |
9746 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9747 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), | |
9748 | editor); | |
9749 | } | |
9750 | ||
9751 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9752 | // access to the default attributes | |
9753 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9754 | ||
9755 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const | |
9756 | { | |
9757 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9758 | } | |
9759 | ||
9760 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const | |
9761 | { | |
9762 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
9763 | } | |
9764 | ||
9765 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const | |
9766 | { | |
9767 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
9768 | } | |
9769 | ||
9770 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9771 | { | |
9772 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9773 | } | |
9774 | ||
9775 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const | |
9776 | { | |
9777 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
9778 | } | |
9779 | ||
9780 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
9781 | { | |
9782 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9783 | } | |
9784 | ||
9785 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
9786 | { | |
9787 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9788 | } | |
9789 | ||
9790 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9791 | // access to cell attributes | |
9792 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9793 | ||
9794 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const | |
9795 | { | |
9796 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9797 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9798 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9799 | ||
9800 | return colour; | |
9801 | } | |
9802 | ||
9803 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const | |
9804 | { | |
9805 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9806 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
9807 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9808 | ||
9809 | return colour; | |
9810 | } | |
9811 | ||
9812 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const | |
9813 | { | |
9814 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9815 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
9816 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9817 | ||
9818 | return font; | |
9819 | } | |
9820 | ||
9821 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9822 | { | |
9823 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9824 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9825 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9826 | } | |
9827 | ||
9828 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const | |
9829 | { | |
9830 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9831 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
9832 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9833 | ||
9834 | return allow; | |
9835 | } | |
9836 | ||
9837 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
9838 | { | |
9839 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9840 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
9841 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9842 | } | |
9843 | ||
9844 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const | |
9845 | { | |
9846 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9847 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
9848 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9849 | ||
9850 | return renderer; | |
9851 | } | |
9852 | ||
9853 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const | |
9854 | { | |
9855 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9856 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
9857 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9858 | ||
9859 | return editor; | |
9860 | } | |
9861 | ||
9862 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
9863 | { | |
9864 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9865 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
9866 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9867 | ||
9868 | return isReadOnly; | |
9869 | } | |
9870 | ||
9871 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9872 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
9873 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9874 | ||
9875 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const | |
9876 | { | |
9877 | if ( !m_table ) | |
9878 | { | |
9879 | return false; | |
9880 | } | |
9881 | ||
9882 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9883 | } | |
9884 | ||
9885 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
9886 | { | |
9887 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
9888 | { | |
9889 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9890 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
9891 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
9892 | } | |
9893 | } | |
9894 | ||
9895 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
9896 | { | |
9897 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
9898 | { | |
9899 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
9900 | ||
9901 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
9902 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
9903 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
9904 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
9905 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
9906 | } | |
9907 | } | |
9908 | ||
9909 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
9910 | { | |
9911 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
9912 | { | |
9913 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
9914 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9915 | ||
9916 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9917 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
9918 | #endif | |
9919 | ||
9920 | return true; | |
9921 | } | |
9922 | else | |
9923 | { | |
9924 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9925 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
9926 | #endif | |
9927 | ||
9928 | return false; | |
9929 | } | |
9930 | } | |
9931 | ||
9932 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9933 | { | |
9934 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
9935 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
9936 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
9937 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
9938 | { | |
9939 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
9940 | { | |
9941 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
9942 | : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
9943 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
9944 | } | |
9945 | } | |
9946 | ||
9947 | if (attr) | |
9948 | { | |
9949 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9950 | } | |
9951 | else | |
9952 | { | |
9953 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
9954 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9955 | } | |
9956 | ||
9957 | return attr; | |
9958 | } | |
9959 | ||
9960 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9961 | { | |
9962 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
9963 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9964 | ||
9965 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed")); | |
9966 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") ); | |
9967 | ||
9968 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
9969 | if ( !attr ) | |
9970 | { | |
9971 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9972 | ||
9973 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
9974 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9975 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9976 | } | |
9977 | ||
9978 | return attr; | |
9979 | } | |
9980 | ||
9981 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9982 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
9983 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9984 | ||
9985 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
9986 | { | |
9987 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
9988 | } | |
9989 | ||
9990 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
9991 | { | |
9992 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
9993 | } | |
9994 | ||
9995 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
9996 | { | |
9997 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
9998 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
9999 | { | |
10000 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
10001 | } | |
10002 | ||
10003 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
10004 | } | |
10005 | ||
10006 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
10007 | { | |
10008 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
10009 | if (!attr) | |
10010 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
10011 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
10012 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
10013 | ||
10014 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
10015 | ||
10016 | } | |
10017 | ||
10018 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10019 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
10020 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10021 | ||
10022 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
10023 | { | |
10024 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10025 | { | |
10026 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
10027 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
10028 | } | |
10029 | else | |
10030 | { | |
10031 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
10032 | } | |
10033 | } | |
10034 | ||
10035 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
10036 | { | |
10037 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10038 | { | |
10039 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
10040 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
10041 | } | |
10042 | else | |
10043 | { | |
10044 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
10045 | } | |
10046 | } | |
10047 | ||
10048 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
10049 | { | |
10050 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10051 | { | |
10052 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
10053 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
10054 | } | |
10055 | else | |
10056 | { | |
10057 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
10058 | } | |
10059 | } | |
10060 | ||
10061 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
10062 | { | |
10063 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10064 | { | |
10065 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10066 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
10067 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10068 | } | |
10069 | } | |
10070 | ||
10071 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
10072 | { | |
10073 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10074 | { | |
10075 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10076 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
10077 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10078 | } | |
10079 | } | |
10080 | ||
10081 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
10082 | { | |
10083 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10084 | { | |
10085 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10086 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
10087 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10088 | } | |
10089 | } | |
10090 | ||
10091 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
10092 | { | |
10093 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10094 | { | |
10095 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10096 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
10097 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10098 | } | |
10099 | } | |
10100 | ||
10101 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
10102 | { | |
10103 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10104 | { | |
10105 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10106 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
10107 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10108 | } | |
10109 | } | |
10110 | ||
10111 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
10112 | { | |
10113 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10114 | { | |
10115 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
10116 | ||
10117 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10118 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
10119 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
10120 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10121 | ||
10122 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
10123 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
10124 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
10125 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
10126 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
10127 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
10128 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
10129 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
10130 | ||
10131 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
10132 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1)) | |
10133 | { | |
10134 | int i, j; | |
10135 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
10136 | { | |
10137 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
10138 | { | |
10139 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
10140 | { | |
10141 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
10142 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
10143 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
10144 | } | |
10145 | } | |
10146 | } | |
10147 | } | |
10148 | ||
10149 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
10150 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
10151 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
10152 | { | |
10153 | int i, j; | |
10154 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) | |
10155 | { | |
10156 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) | |
10157 | { | |
10158 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
10159 | { | |
10160 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
10161 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); | |
10162 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
10163 | } | |
10164 | } | |
10165 | } | |
10166 | } | |
10167 | } | |
10168 | } | |
10169 | ||
10170 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
10171 | { | |
10172 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10173 | { | |
10174 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10175 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
10176 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10177 | } | |
10178 | } | |
10179 | ||
10180 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10181 | { | |
10182 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10183 | { | |
10184 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10185 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
10186 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10187 | } | |
10188 | } | |
10189 | ||
10190 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
10191 | { | |
10192 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10193 | { | |
10194 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10195 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
10196 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10197 | } | |
10198 | } | |
10199 | ||
10200 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10201 | // Data type registration | |
10202 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10203 | ||
10204 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
10205 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
10206 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10207 | { | |
10208 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
10209 | } | |
10210 | ||
10211 | ||
10212 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10213 | { | |
10214 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10215 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
10216 | } | |
10217 | ||
10218 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10219 | { | |
10220 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10221 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
10222 | } | |
10223 | ||
10224 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10225 | { | |
10226 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10227 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10228 | { | |
10229 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
10230 | ||
10231 | return NULL; | |
10232 | } | |
10233 | ||
10234 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
10235 | } | |
10236 | ||
10237 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10238 | { | |
10239 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10240 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10241 | { | |
10242 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
10243 | ||
10244 | return NULL; | |
10245 | } | |
10246 | ||
10247 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
10248 | } | |
10249 | ||
10250 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10251 | // row/col size | |
10252 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10253 | ||
10254 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
10255 | { | |
10256 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
10257 | } | |
10258 | ||
10259 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
10260 | { | |
10261 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
10262 | } | |
10263 | ||
10264 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
10265 | { | |
10266 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
10267 | } | |
10268 | ||
10269 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) | |
10270 | { | |
10271 | m_canDragCell = enable; | |
10272 | } | |
10273 | ||
10274 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
10275 | { | |
10276 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
10277 | ||
10278 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
10279 | { | |
10280 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
10281 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
10282 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10283 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10284 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
10285 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
10286 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10287 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10288 | } | |
10289 | } | |
10290 | ||
10291 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
10292 | { | |
10293 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
10294 | ||
10295 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
10296 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10297 | return; | |
10298 | ||
10299 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
10300 | { | |
10301 | // need to really create the array | |
10302 | InitRowHeights(); | |
10303 | } | |
10304 | ||
10305 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
10306 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
10307 | ||
10308 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
10309 | for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
10310 | { | |
10311 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
10312 | } | |
10313 | ||
10314 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10315 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10316 | } | |
10317 | ||
10318 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
10319 | { | |
10320 | // we dont allow zero default column width | |
10321 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 ); | |
10322 | ||
10323 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
10324 | { | |
10325 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
10326 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
10327 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10328 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10329 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
10330 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
10331 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10332 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10333 | } | |
10334 | } | |
10335 | ||
10336 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
10337 | { | |
10338 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
10339 | ||
10340 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
10341 | // (VZ) | |
10342 | // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's | |
10343 | // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker | |
10344 | // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering | |
10345 | // | |
10346 | // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734 | |
10347 | ||
10348 | if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) | |
10349 | return; | |
10350 | ||
10351 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
10352 | { | |
10353 | // need to really create the array | |
10354 | InitColWidths(); | |
10355 | } | |
10356 | ||
10357 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label | |
10358 | if ( width < 0 ) | |
10359 | { | |
10360 | long w, h; | |
10361 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10362 | wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin); | |
10363 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10364 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
10365 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
10366 | width = w + 6; | |
10367 | } | |
10368 | ||
10369 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
10370 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
10371 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
10372 | ||
10373 | for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
10374 | { | |
10375 | m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff; | |
10376 | } | |
10377 | ||
10378 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10379 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10380 | } | |
10381 | ||
10382 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
10383 | { | |
10384 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) | |
10385 | { | |
10386 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10387 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; | |
10388 | } | |
10389 | } | |
10390 | ||
10391 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
10392 | { | |
10393 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10394 | { | |
10395 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10396 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; | |
10397 | } | |
10398 | } | |
10399 | ||
10400 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
10401 | { | |
10402 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10403 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); | |
10404 | ||
10405 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10406 | } | |
10407 | ||
10408 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
10409 | { | |
10410 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10411 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); | |
10412 | ||
10413 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10414 | } | |
10415 | ||
10416 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
10417 | { | |
10418 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us | |
10419 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. | |
10420 | if ( width >= 0 ) | |
10421 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
10422 | } | |
10423 | ||
10424 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
10425 | { | |
10426 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us | |
10427 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. | |
10428 | if ( height >= 0 ) | |
10429 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
10430 | } | |
10431 | ||
10432 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
10433 | { | |
10434 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10435 | } | |
10436 | ||
10437 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
10438 | { | |
10439 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10440 | } | |
10441 | ||
10442 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10443 | // auto sizing | |
10444 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10445 | ||
10446 | void | |
10447 | wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction) | |
10448 | { | |
10449 | const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN; | |
10450 | ||
10451 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
10452 | ||
10453 | // cancel editing of cell | |
10454 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10455 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10456 | ||
10457 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one | |
10458 | int row = -1, | |
10459 | col = -1; | |
10460 | if ( column ) | |
10461 | col = colOrRow; | |
10462 | else | |
10463 | row = colOrRow; | |
10464 | ||
10465 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
10466 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
10467 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
10468 | { | |
10469 | if ( column ) | |
10470 | row = rowOrCol; | |
10471 | else | |
10472 | col = rowOrCol; | |
10473 | ||
10474 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
10475 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
10476 | if ( renderer ) | |
10477 | { | |
10478 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
10479 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
10480 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10481 | extentMax = extent; | |
10482 | ||
10483 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
10484 | } | |
10485 | ||
10486 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10487 | } | |
10488 | ||
10489 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
10490 | wxCoord w, h; | |
10491 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
10492 | ||
10493 | if ( column ) | |
10494 | { | |
10495 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
10496 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
10497 | w = h; | |
10498 | } | |
10499 | else | |
10500 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
10501 | ||
10502 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
10503 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10504 | extentMax = extent; | |
10505 | ||
10506 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
10507 | { | |
10508 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
10509 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
10510 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10511 | } | |
10512 | else | |
10513 | { | |
10514 | if ( column ) | |
10515 | // leave some space around text | |
10516 | extentMax += 10; | |
10517 | else | |
10518 | extentMax += 6; | |
10519 | } | |
10520 | ||
10521 | if ( column ) | |
10522 | { | |
10523 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the | |
10524 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
10525 | // in SetColSize(). | |
10526 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
10527 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col)); | |
10528 | ||
10529 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); | |
10530 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10531 | { | |
10532 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10533 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10534 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
10535 | rect.y = 0; | |
10536 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
10537 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
10538 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10539 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10540 | } | |
10541 | } | |
10542 | else | |
10543 | { | |
10544 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the | |
10545 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
10546 | // in SetRowSize(). | |
10547 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
10548 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row)); | |
10549 | ||
10550 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
10551 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10552 | { | |
10553 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10554 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10555 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
10556 | rect.x = 0; | |
10557 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10558 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10559 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
10560 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10561 | } | |
10562 | } | |
10563 | ||
10564 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
10565 | { | |
10566 | if ( column ) | |
10567 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
10568 | else | |
10569 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
10570 | } | |
10571 | } | |
10572 | ||
10573 | wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction) | |
10574 | { | |
10575 | // calculate size for the rows or columns? | |
10576 | const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW; | |
10577 | ||
10578 | wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow() | |
10579 | : GetGridColLabelWindow()); | |
10580 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10581 | ||
10582 | // which dimension should we take into account for calculations? | |
10583 | // | |
10584 | // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows | |
10585 | // we also have to take into account the text orientation | |
10586 | const bool | |
10587 | useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL); | |
10588 | ||
10589 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10590 | wxCoord extentMax = 0; | |
10591 | ||
10592 | const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
10593 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ ) | |
10594 | { | |
10595 | lines.Clear(); | |
10596 | ||
10597 | wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol) | |
10598 | : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol); | |
10599 | StringToLines(label, lines); | |
10600 | ||
10601 | long w, h; | |
10602 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
10603 | ||
10604 | const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h; | |
10605 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10606 | extentMax = extent; | |
10607 | } | |
10608 | ||
10609 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
10610 | { | |
10611 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
10612 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
10613 | extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize() | |
10614 | : GetDefaultColLabelSize(); | |
10615 | } | |
10616 | ||
10617 | // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow) | |
10618 | if ( calcRows ) | |
10619 | extentMax += 10; | |
10620 | else | |
10621 | extentMax += 6; | |
10622 | ||
10623 | return extentMax; | |
10624 | } | |
10625 | ||
10626 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10627 | { | |
10628 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10629 | ||
10630 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
10631 | if(!calcOnly) | |
10632 | locker.Create(this); | |
10633 | ||
10634 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10635 | { | |
10636 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10637 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
10638 | ||
10639 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
10640 | } | |
10641 | ||
10642 | return width; | |
10643 | } | |
10644 | ||
10645 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10646 | { | |
10647 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10648 | ||
10649 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
10650 | if(!calcOnly) | |
10651 | locker.Create(this); | |
10652 | ||
10653 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10654 | { | |
10655 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10656 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
10657 | ||
10658 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
10659 | } | |
10660 | ||
10661 | return height; | |
10662 | } | |
10663 | ||
10664 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
10665 | { | |
10666 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this); | |
10667 | ||
10668 | // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of | |
10669 | // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized | |
10670 | // exactly to fit our contents | |
10671 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
10672 | SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
10673 | wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(), | |
10674 | GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY()); | |
10675 | ||
10676 | // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having | |
10677 | // extra white space | |
10678 | wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x; | |
10679 | if ( diff && m_numCols ) | |
10680 | { | |
10681 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
10682 | wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols; | |
10683 | if ( diffPerCol ) | |
10684 | { | |
10685 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10686 | { | |
10687 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol); | |
10688 | } | |
10689 | } | |
10690 | ||
10691 | // add remaining amount to the last columns | |
10692 | diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols; | |
10693 | if ( diff ) | |
10694 | { | |
10695 | for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- ) | |
10696 | { | |
10697 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1); | |
10698 | } | |
10699 | } | |
10700 | } | |
10701 | ||
10702 | // same for rows | |
10703 | diff = sizeFit.y - size.y; | |
10704 | if ( diff && m_numRows ) | |
10705 | { | |
10706 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
10707 | wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows; | |
10708 | if ( diffPerRow ) | |
10709 | { | |
10710 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10711 | { | |
10712 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow); | |
10713 | } | |
10714 | } | |
10715 | ||
10716 | // add remaining amount to the last rows | |
10717 | diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows; | |
10718 | if ( diff ) | |
10719 | { | |
10720 | for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- ) | |
10721 | { | |
10722 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1); | |
10723 | } | |
10724 | } | |
10725 | } | |
10726 | ||
10727 | // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to | |
10728 | // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct | |
10729 | // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars | |
10730 | SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true); | |
10731 | SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight); | |
10732 | } | |
10733 | ||
10734 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
10735 | { | |
10736 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10737 | long w, h; | |
10738 | ||
10739 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10740 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10741 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10742 | { | |
10743 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10744 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10745 | } | |
10746 | ||
10747 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
10748 | StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines ); | |
10749 | wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin ); | |
10750 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10751 | if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight ) | |
10752 | h = m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10753 | SetRowSize(row, h); | |
10754 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10755 | } | |
10756 | ||
10757 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
10758 | { | |
10759 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10760 | long w, h; | |
10761 | ||
10762 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10763 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10764 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10765 | { | |
10766 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10767 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10768 | } | |
10769 | ||
10770 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
10771 | StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines ); | |
10772 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
10773 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
10774 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10775 | else | |
10776 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); | |
10777 | if ( w < m_defaultColWidth ) | |
10778 | w = m_defaultColWidth; | |
10779 | SetColSize(col, w); | |
10780 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10781 | } | |
10782 | ||
10783 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
10784 | { | |
10785 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
10786 | ||
10787 | // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't | |
10788 | // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them | |
10789 | wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
10790 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
10791 | wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(), | |
10792 | GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY()); | |
10793 | ||
10794 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to | |
10795 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this | |
10796 | // calculation. | |
10797 | // CacheBestSize(size); | |
10798 | ||
10799 | return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight) | |
10800 | + GetWindowBorderSize(); | |
10801 | } | |
10802 | ||
10803 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
10804 | { | |
10805 | AutoSize(); | |
10806 | } | |
10807 | ||
10808 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
10809 | { | |
10810 | return wxNullPen; | |
10811 | } | |
10812 | ||
10813 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10814 | // cell value accessor functions | |
10815 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10816 | ||
10817 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
10818 | { | |
10819 | if ( m_table ) | |
10820 | { | |
10821 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
10822 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10823 | { | |
10824 | int dummy; | |
10825 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
10826 | rect.x = 0; | |
10827 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
10828 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10829 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
10830 | } | |
10831 | ||
10832 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
10833 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
10834 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
10835 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
10836 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
10837 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
10838 | { | |
10839 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10840 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
10841 | } | |
10842 | } | |
10843 | } | |
10844 | ||
10845 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10846 | // block, row and column selection | |
10847 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10848 | ||
10849 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
10850 | { | |
10851 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10852 | ClearSelection(); | |
10853 | ||
10854 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10855 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected ); | |
10856 | } | |
10857 | ||
10858 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
10859 | { | |
10860 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10861 | ClearSelection(); | |
10862 | ||
10863 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10864 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected ); | |
10865 | } | |
10866 | ||
10867 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
10868 | bool addToSelected ) | |
10869 | { | |
10870 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10871 | ClearSelection(); | |
10872 | ||
10873 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10874 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, | |
10875 | false, addToSelected ); | |
10876 | } | |
10877 | ||
10878 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
10879 | { | |
10880 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
10881 | { | |
10882 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10883 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
10884 | } | |
10885 | } | |
10886 | ||
10887 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10888 | // cell, row and col deselection | |
10889 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10890 | ||
10891 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) | |
10892 | { | |
10893 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10894 | return; | |
10895 | ||
10896 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
10897 | { | |
10898 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) | |
10899 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0); | |
10900 | } | |
10901 | else | |
10902 | { | |
10903 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); | |
10904 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ ) | |
10905 | { | |
10906 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) | |
10907 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i); | |
10908 | } | |
10909 | } | |
10910 | } | |
10911 | ||
10912 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) | |
10913 | { | |
10914 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10915 | return; | |
10916 | ||
10917 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
10918 | { | |
10919 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) | |
10920 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col); | |
10921 | } | |
10922 | else | |
10923 | { | |
10924 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); | |
10925 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ ) | |
10926 | { | |
10927 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) | |
10928 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); | |
10929 | } | |
10930 | } | |
10931 | } | |
10932 | ||
10933 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
10934 | { | |
10935 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
10936 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
10937 | } | |
10938 | ||
10939 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const | |
10940 | { | |
10941 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
10942 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
10943 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
10944 | } | |
10945 | ||
10946 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
10947 | { | |
10948 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
10949 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
10950 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
10951 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
10952 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
10953 | } | |
10954 | ||
10955 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
10956 | { | |
10957 | if (!m_selection) | |
10958 | { | |
10959 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10960 | return a; | |
10961 | } | |
10962 | ||
10963 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
10964 | } | |
10965 | ||
10966 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
10967 | { | |
10968 | if (!m_selection) | |
10969 | { | |
10970 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10971 | return a; | |
10972 | } | |
10973 | ||
10974 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
10975 | } | |
10976 | ||
10977 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
10978 | { | |
10979 | if (!m_selection) | |
10980 | { | |
10981 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10982 | return a; | |
10983 | } | |
10984 | ||
10985 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
10986 | } | |
10987 | ||
10988 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
10989 | { | |
10990 | if (!m_selection) | |
10991 | { | |
10992 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10993 | return a; | |
10994 | } | |
10995 | ||
10996 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
10997 | } | |
10998 | ||
10999 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
11000 | { | |
11001 | if (!m_selection) | |
11002 | { | |
11003 | wxArrayInt a; | |
11004 | return a; | |
11005 | } | |
11006 | ||
11007 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
11008 | } | |
11009 | ||
11010 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
11011 | { | |
11012 | m_selectingTopLeft = | |
11013 | m_selectingBottomRight = | |
11014 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
11015 | if ( m_selection ) | |
11016 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
11017 | } | |
11018 | ||
11019 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
11020 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
11021 | // | |
11022 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
11023 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const | |
11024 | { | |
11025 | wxRect resultRect; | |
11026 | wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft); | |
11027 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
11028 | { | |
11029 | resultRect = tempCellRect; | |
11030 | } | |
11031 | else | |
11032 | { | |
11033 | resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
11034 | } | |
11035 | ||
11036 | tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight); | |
11037 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
11038 | { | |
11039 | resultRect += tempCellRect; | |
11040 | } | |
11041 | else | |
11042 | { | |
11043 | // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do. | |
11044 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
11045 | } | |
11046 | ||
11047 | // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order. | |
11048 | int left = resultRect.GetLeft(); | |
11049 | int top = resultRect.GetTop(); | |
11050 | int right = resultRect.GetRight(); | |
11051 | int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom(); | |
11052 | ||
11053 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
11054 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
11055 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
11056 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
11057 | ||
11058 | if (left > right) | |
11059 | { | |
11060 | int tmp = left; | |
11061 | left = right; | |
11062 | right = tmp; | |
11063 | ||
11064 | tmp = leftCol; | |
11065 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
11066 | rightCol = tmp; | |
11067 | } | |
11068 | ||
11069 | if (top > bottom) | |
11070 | { | |
11071 | int tmp = top; | |
11072 | top = bottom; | |
11073 | bottom = tmp; | |
11074 | ||
11075 | tmp = topRow; | |
11076 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
11077 | bottomRow = tmp; | |
11078 | } | |
11079 | ||
11080 | // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells. | |
11081 | int cw, ch; | |
11082 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
11083 | ||
11084 | // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the | |
11085 | // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right. | |
11086 | int gridOriginX = 0; | |
11087 | int gridOriginY = 0; | |
11088 | CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY); | |
11089 | ||
11090 | int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX); | |
11091 | int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY); | |
11092 | ||
11093 | int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw); | |
11094 | int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch); | |
11095 | ||
11096 | // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block | |
11097 | // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values | |
11098 | // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the | |
11099 | // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately. | |
11100 | const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow); | |
11101 | const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow); | |
11102 | const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol); | |
11103 | const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol); | |
11104 | ||
11105 | for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ ) | |
11106 | { | |
11107 | for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ ) | |
11108 | { | |
11109 | if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) || | |
11110 | (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) ) | |
11111 | { | |
11112 | tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
11113 | ||
11114 | if (tempCellRect.x < left) | |
11115 | left = tempCellRect.x; | |
11116 | if (tempCellRect.y < top) | |
11117 | top = tempCellRect.y; | |
11118 | if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right) | |
11119 | right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width; | |
11120 | if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom) | |
11121 | bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height; | |
11122 | } | |
11123 | else | |
11124 | { | |
11125 | i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
11126 | } | |
11127 | } | |
11128 | } | |
11129 | ||
11130 | // Convert to scrolled coords | |
11131 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
11132 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
11133 | ||
11134 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
11135 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); | |
11136 | ||
11137 | resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
11138 | resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
11139 | resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
11140 | resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
11141 | ||
11142 | return resultRect; | |
11143 | } | |
11144 | ||
11145 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
11146 | // drop target | |
11147 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
11148 | ||
11149 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
11150 | ||
11151 | // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid | |
11152 | void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget) | |
11153 | { | |
11154 | GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget); | |
11155 | } | |
11156 | ||
11157 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
11158 | ||
11159 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
11160 | // grid event classes | |
11161 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
11162 | ||
11163 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
11164 | ||
11165 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
11166 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
11167 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
11168 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
11169 | { | |
11170 | m_row = row; | |
11171 | m_col = col; | |
11172 | m_x = x; | |
11173 | m_y = y; | |
11174 | m_selecting = sel; | |
11175 | m_control = control; | |
11176 | m_shift = shift; | |
11177 | m_alt = alt; | |
11178 | m_meta = meta; | |
11179 | ||
11180 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11181 | } | |
11182 | ||
11183 | ||
11184 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
11185 | ||
11186 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
11187 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
11188 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
11189 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
11190 | { | |
11191 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
11192 | m_x = x; | |
11193 | m_y = y; | |
11194 | m_control = control; | |
11195 | m_shift = shift; | |
11196 | m_alt = alt; | |
11197 | m_meta = meta; | |
11198 | ||
11199 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11200 | } | |
11201 | ||
11202 | ||
11203 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
11204 | ||
11205 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
11206 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
11207 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
11208 | bool sel, bool control, | |
11209 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
11210 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
11211 | { | |
11212 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
11213 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
11214 | m_selecting = sel; | |
11215 | m_control = control; | |
11216 | m_shift = shift; | |
11217 | m_alt = alt; | |
11218 | m_meta = meta; | |
11219 | ||
11220 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11221 | } | |
11222 | ||
11223 | ||
11224 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
11225 | ||
11226 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
11227 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
11228 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
11229 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
11230 | { | |
11231 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11232 | m_row = row; | |
11233 | m_col = col; | |
11234 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
11235 | } | |
11236 | ||
11237 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |